WO2022041224A1 - 一种通信方法及相关设备 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及相关设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022041224A1
WO2022041224A1 PCT/CN2020/112613 CN2020112613W WO2022041224A1 WO 2022041224 A1 WO2022041224 A1 WO 2022041224A1 CN 2020112613 W CN2020112613 W CN 2020112613W WO 2022041224 A1 WO2022041224 A1 WO 2022041224A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
time
configuration information
frequency resource
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/112613
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
李锐杰
官磊
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/112613 priority Critical patent/WO2022041224A1/zh
Priority to EP20950893.6A priority patent/EP4207856A4/en
Priority to CN202080103624.XA priority patent/CN115997403A/zh
Publication of WO2022041224A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022041224A1/zh
Priority to US18/175,118 priority patent/US20230239898A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H04W72/232—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0044—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path allocation of payload
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094—Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/115—Grant-free or autonomous transmission
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and related equipment.
  • dynamic scheduling and configured grant scheduling are currently supported.
  • the general implementation process of dynamic scheduling is: if the terminal device has data to transmit, it sends a request signal to the network device. After the network device receives the request signal, it sends the instruction information UL grant to the terminal device to schedule the terminal device; the terminal device receives the request signal. After the indication information UL grant, the uplink data is transmitted according to the indication of the indication information UL grant. From the above process, it can be found that the transmission of uplink data through dynamic scheduling requires a "handshake" before data transmission, which will cause a large delay and may not meet the needs of ultra-reliable and low-latency communication. In addition, the instruction information UL grant is required for scheduling before each data transmission, which also brings a relatively large overhead.
  • Configured grant scheduling is to configure transmission information for terminal devices in advance through network devices, including resources used for data transmission, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) and so on. If the terminal device has data to transmit, it will directly transmit it on the configured resources without sending a request, which can effectively reduce the transmission delay.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the same time-frequency resources, MCS and other information are generally used for a relatively long period of time, which cannot be well adapted to channel changes and service requirements. Therefore, compared to dynamic scheduling, configured grant scheduling cannot achieve a good balance between reliability and resource utilization at the same time. Therefore, how to better balance reliability and resource utilization in configuration authorization scheduling is a technical problem being solved by those skilled in the art.
  • the embodiments of the present application disclose a communication method and related equipment, which can better balance reliability and resource utilization in configuration authorization scheduling.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a communication method, including:
  • the first information is sent to the network device to display and notify the network device of the selected target configuration information by the terminal device, so that the target configuration information in the configuration information set can be released except for the target configuration.
  • the network device can schedule configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set to be used by other terminal devices, which can improve resource utilization.
  • the terminal device can select target configuration information that satisfies the communication requirements from the configuration information set according to its own requirements, so as to achieve a balance between resource utilization and transmission requirements.
  • the first information includes a first time
  • the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is sent to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time.
  • the first information is further used to indicate a first time, and the first information is used to indicate that the target configuration information is sent to the network device within the first time the uplink data.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from sending the first information to the network device in each cycle, and the first information can indicate that the terminal device does not need to send the first information to the network device within the first time.
  • the network device sends the first information, that is to say, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time, thereby saving the frequency of sending the first information, and on the one hand saving the resources of the terminal device, such as power etc., on the other hand, time-frequency resources required for sending the first information can be saved.
  • the network device does not need to detect the first information within this time, and the resources required by the network device to detect the information can also be saved. At the same time, the interference caused by sending the first information to other users can be reduced.
  • receiving downlink control information DCI from the network device, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set; the selecting from the configuration information set The target configuration information includes: selecting target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the selecting the target configuration information from the configuration information set includes: selecting the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the second information.
  • the transmission state achieves a better balance between transmission reliability and resource utilization.
  • the second information from the network device is received.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time. one or more.
  • the second information for selecting the target configuration information comes from a network device. Since the present invention is directed to uplink data link transmission, the network device has more uplink transmission information than the terminal device. By configuring the second information for the terminal device through the network device, it is possible to select more reasonable target configuration information according to the actual transmission state, thereby improving the resource utilization rate.
  • the sending the first information to the network device includes: if the time when the uplink data arrives is before the first time, sending the first information to the network device, the The first time point is a time point before a piece of configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • a method for sending the first information according to the arrival time of the data packet is provided.
  • the sending the first information to the network device includes: sending the first information to the network device on a second time-frequency resource, the second time-frequency resource There is a relationship with the target configuration information or a relationship with the configuration information set.
  • the time-frequency resource can be used reasonably.
  • the terminal device can determine the second time-frequency resource through the relationship between the second time-frequency resource and the target configuration information or the configuration information set, which saves the signaling overhead used by the network device for configuring the second time-frequency resource.
  • the method further includes: receiving fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, and the third time-frequency resource is used for The first information is sent to the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource
  • the third time-frequency resource is used for The first information is sent to the network device.
  • the sending the first information to the network device includes: sending the first information to the network device on a fourth time-frequency resource, the fourth time-frequency resource To pre-allocate time-frequency resources for transmitting uplink control information UCI.
  • the resource utilization rate can be maximized, there is no need to configure additional time-frequency resources for the first information, and time-frequency resources can be saved .
  • the sending the first information to the network device includes: the first information is included in the UCI.
  • the UCI may include the first information, and different states in the UCI may be used to feed back the first information, thereby saving resources for sending the first information.
  • the terminal device is further configured to receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in the above situation, the terminal device sends the first information.
  • the sixth indication information received by the terminal device may be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the uplink control information UCI is sent to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is the pre-defined time-frequency resource. Allocate time-frequency resources for transmitting uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device is further configured to receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device sends the UCI in the above situation.
  • the sixth indication information received by the terminal device may be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is lower than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives UCI and/or When the first information is used, blind detection is not required, which saves network device resources.
  • the terminal device transmits UCI the transmission of uplink control information UCI is ensured preferentially, which can reduce the system performance loss caused by UCI delay or no transmission.
  • the first information and the uplink control information UCI are sent to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource, and the first information is sent to the network device.
  • the five time-frequency resources are the time-frequency resources pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives the UCI and the first time-frequency resource.
  • the network device receives the UCI and the first time-frequency resource.
  • blind detection is not required, which saves network equipment resources.
  • the UCI and the first information are allowed to be transmitted simultaneously.
  • the first information is sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, where the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for sending the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device is further configured to receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct to send the first information in the above situation.
  • the sixth indication information received by the terminal device may be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device is further configured to receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct to send the uplink control information UCI in the above situation.
  • the sixth indication information received by the terminal device may be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is lower than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives UCI and/or When the first information is used, blind detection is not required, which saves network device resources. Moreover, sending the uplink control information or sending the first information by the terminal device to the network device is instructed by the network device, and the network device can more flexibly determine which information the terminal device should be able to send according to the sixth indication information.
  • the first information and the uplink control information UCI are sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used for pre-allocation.
  • the time-frequency resource for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, when the network device receives the UCI information and the first information, it does not Blind detection is required, which saves network device resources. Furthermore, by this method, the UCI and the first information are allowed to be transmitted simultaneously.
  • the terminal device is further configured to receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct to send the first information in the above situation.
  • the sixth indication information received by the terminal device may be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the uplink control information UCI is sent to the network device on a sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for sending the uplink control information UCI time-frequency resources.
  • the terminal device is further configured to receive sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in the above case, the UCI is to be sent.
  • the sixth indication information received by the terminal device may be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is lower than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives UCI and/or When the first information is used, blind detection is not required, which saves network device resources. Moreover, sending the uplink control information or sending the first information by the terminal device to the network device is instructed by the network device, and the network device can more flexibly determine which information the terminal device should be able to send.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives the UCI and the first information When there is no need for blind detection, network equipment resources are saved.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a communication method, including:
  • the target configuration information selected by the terminal device can be determined, thereby releasing the resources of the configuration information in the configuration information set except the target configuration information, and removing the configuration information in the configuration information set except the target configuration information.
  • the resources of the configuration information other than the target configuration information are scheduled to other terminal devices, thereby improving the utilization rate of the resources.
  • the first information includes a first time, and the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is received within the first time.
  • the first information is further used to indicate a first time, and the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is received within the first time.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from sending the first information to the network device in each cycle, and the first information can indicate that the terminal device does not need to send the first information to the network device within the first time.
  • the network device sends the first information, that is to say, the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time, thereby saving the frequency of sending the first information, and on the one hand saving the resources of the terminal device, such as power etc., on the other hand, time-frequency resources required for sending the first information can be saved.
  • the network device does not need to detect the first information within this time, and the resources required by the network device to detect the information can also be saved. At the same time, the interference caused by sending the first information to other users can be reduced.
  • downlink control information DCI is sent to the terminal device, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set; the activated configuration information is used for the terminal The device selects target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the method further includes: sending second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used by the terminal device to select from the configuration information set according to the second information Select the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device selects the appropriate target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the actual transmission situation (channel state or uplink and downlink data transmission requirements), which can well adapt to channel changes, service requirements, etc., so as to timely Adjust the transmission state to achieve a better balance between transmission reliability and resource utilization.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time.
  • the first moment is a point in time before a piece of configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the second information for selecting the target configuration information comes from a network device. Since the present invention is directed to uplink data link transmission, the network device has more uplink transmission information than the terminal device. By configuring the second information for the terminal device through the network device, it is possible to select more reasonable target configuration information according to the actual transmission state, thereby improving the resource utilization rate.
  • the receiving the first information from the terminal device includes: receiving the first information from the terminal device on a second time-frequency resource, where the second time-frequency resource is the same as the second time-frequency resource.
  • the target configuration information is related or has a relationship with the configuration information set.
  • the method further includes: sending fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, and the third time-frequency resource is used for all
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
  • the receiving the first information from the terminal device includes: receiving the first information from the terminal device on a fourth time-frequency resource, the fourth time-frequency resource to pre-allocate time-frequency resources for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the resource utilization rate can be maximized, there is no need to configure additional time-frequency resources for the first information, and time-frequency resources can be saved .
  • the receiving the first information from the terminal device includes: the first information is included in the UCI.
  • the UCI can include the first information, and the terminal device can use different states in the UCI to feed back the first information, thereby saving resources for sending the first information.
  • the network device further sends sixth indication information to the terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in the above situation, the terminal device sends the first information.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the network device further sends sixth indication information to the terminal device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI in the above situation.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is lower than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives UCI and/or When the first information is used, blind detection is not required, which saves network device resources.
  • the transmission of the uplink control information UCI is ensured preferentially, which can reduce the system performance loss caused by the delayed or no transmission of the UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives the UCI and the first time-frequency resource.
  • blind detection is not required, which saves network equipment resources.
  • the UCI and the first information are allowed to be transmitted simultaneously.
  • the network device is further configured to send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in the above-mentioned situation, the terminal device sends the first information.
  • the sixth indication information sent by the network device may also be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the network device is further configured to send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in the above case, the terminal device sends the uplink control information UCI.
  • the sixth indication information sent by the network device may also be a priority, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is lower than the uplink control information UCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives UCI and/or When the first information is used, blind detection is not required, which saves network device resources.
  • the network device can more flexibly determine which information the terminal device should be able to send by sending the sixth indication information, that is, send the UCI or the first information.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives the UCI information and the first time-frequency resource. When there is no information, blind detection is not required, which saves network equipment resources. Furthermore, by this method, the UCI and the first information are allowed to be transmitted simultaneously.
  • the network device is further configured to send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first information in this case.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the uplink control information UCI.
  • the network device is further configured to send sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority, and the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the priority of the first information is lower than that of the uplink control information.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives UCI and/or When the first information is used, blind detection is not required, which saves network device resources.
  • the network device can more flexibly determine which information the terminal device should be able to send by sending the sixth indication information, that is, send the UCI or the first information.
  • the terminal device can determine the behavior when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource, or the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap, correspondingly, the network device receives the UCI and the first information When there is no need for blind detection, network equipment resources are saved.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a communication method, including:
  • the configuration information set including a plurality of configuration information
  • the terminal device sends the third information to the network device to indicate that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set, and accordingly, the network device receives the third information After that, it can be determined that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used by the terminal device, then the configuration information in the configuration information set is released, and the configuration information in the configuration information set is allocated to other terminal devices, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the third information includes a first time or indicates a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from sending the third information to the network device in each cycle, and the third information can indicate that the configuration information is not used within the first time
  • the configuration information in the set means that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set within the first time, thereby saving the frequency of sending the first information and saving resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the second moment.
  • the method further includes: if the time when the uplink data arrives is before the second time, sending first information to the network device, where the first information is used to indicate Target configuration information, and/or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • the terminal device when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the second time, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the target configuration information selected by the terminal device from the configuration information set, or to indicate the configuration information
  • the configuration information in the set except the target configuration information correspondingly, after receiving the first information, the network device can schedule the configuration information except the target configuration information in the configuration information set to other terminal devices for use, which can improve the resource utilization.
  • the terminal device can select target configuration information that satisfies the communication requirements from the configuration information set according to its own requirements, so as to achieve a balance between resource utilization and transmission requirements.
  • the method further includes: if the time when the uplink data arrives is within the second time interval, not starting to transmit the uplink data at the start time of the first cycle, and the first The second time interval is a period of time between the second moment and the start moment of the first configuration information, the first configuration information is the configuration information with the earliest time domain in the configuration information set, and the first period is One of several consecutive cycles in which a set of configuration information is sent.
  • the end moment of the second time interval is the same as the start moment of the first configuration information.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a communication method, including:
  • Third information from the terminal device is received, where the third information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the network device after receiving the third information from the terminal device, the network device can determine that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set according to the third information, and the network device releases the resources of the configuration information in the configuration information set, The resource of the configuration information in the combination of the configuration information is scheduled to other terminal devices, so as to improve the resource utilization rate.
  • the third information includes a first time or indicates a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from sending the third information to the network device in each cycle, and the third information can indicate that the terminal device does not need to send the third information to the network device within the first time.
  • the third information that is to say, the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set within the first time, thereby saving the frequency of sending the third information and saving resources.
  • sending indication information to the terminal device where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first time to the network device when no uplink data arrives before the second time.
  • the second time is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • first information from the terminal device is received, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information, and/or the target configuration information in the configuration information set is other than the target configuration information configuration information, the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a terminal device, including:
  • a communication unit configured to receive a set of configuration information from a network device
  • a processing unit configured to select target configuration information from the configuration information set
  • the communication unit is further configured to send first information to the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the target configuration information and/or the configuration information set other than the target configuration information configuration information;
  • the communication unit is further configured to send uplink data to the network device according to the target configuration information.
  • the first information includes a first time
  • the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is sent to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set; the The processing unit is further configured to select target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the processing unit is further configured to select target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the second information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive the second information from the network device.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time. one or more.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send first information to the network device when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the first time, the first A moment is a time point before a configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a second time-frequency resource, where the second time-frequency resource and the target configuration information There are relationships.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, the third time-frequency resource for sending the first information to the network device.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a fourth time-frequency resource, where the fourth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for sending Time-frequency resource for uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information is sent to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is sent to the network device.
  • the time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI is sent to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource, where The fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, send the first information and the uplink to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource Channel control information UCI, and the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for sending uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or frequency domain, the first information is sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for Time-frequency resource for transmitting uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI is sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is a preset time-frequency resource. Allocate time-frequency resources for transmitting uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or frequency domain, the first information and the uplink control information UCI are sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the first information and the uplink control information UCI are sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource.
  • the five time-frequency resources are the time-frequency resources pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information is sent to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for sending uplink Time-frequency resource of link control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI is sent to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used for pre-allocation.
  • the time-frequency resource for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information and the uplink control information UCI are sent to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used to send the first information and the uplink control information UCI to the network device.
  • the frequency resource is the time-frequency resource pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a network device, including:
  • a processing unit configured to send the configuration information set to the terminal device through the communication unit
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive, through the communication unit, first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or the target configuration other than the configuration information set configuration information other than information, the configuration information set includes the target configuration information;
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive uplink data from the terminal device through the communication unit according to the target configuration information.
  • the first information includes a first time
  • the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is received within the first time.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set; the activation The configuration information is used for the terminal device to select target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used by the terminal device to retrieve the configuration information from the configuration information according to the second information Select the target configuration information from the collection.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time.
  • the first moment is a point in time before a piece of configuration information in the set of configuration information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on a second time-frequency resource, where the second time-frequency resource is related to the target configuration information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, and the third time-frequency resource is used for and sending the first information to the network device from the terminal device.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on a fourth time-frequency resource, where the fourth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for the The time-frequency resource for the terminal equipment to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information from the terminal device is received on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used to receive the first information from the terminal device.
  • the frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, receiving the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource, the The fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, receiving the first information and the uplink from the terminal device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource Link control information UCI, the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information from the terminal device is received on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for all The time-frequency resource for the terminal equipment to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device is received on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is: Pre-allocating time-frequency resources for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, receiving the first information and the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device on the fifth time-frequency resource, the The fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information from the terminal device is received on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for the terminal The time-frequency resource for the device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device is received on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated The time-frequency resource used by the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the communication unit is further configured to, when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the third time-frequency resource and When the fifth time-frequency resource overlaps in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information and the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device are received on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is received.
  • the time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a terminal device, including:
  • a processing unit configured to receive a configuration information set from a network device through a communication unit, where the configuration information set includes a plurality of configuration information;
  • the processing unit is further configured to, through the communication unit, send third information to the network device when no uplink data arrives before the second moment, where the third information is used to indicate that the configuration is not used
  • the configuration information in the information set, and the second moment is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the second moment.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send first information to the network device when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the second time, the first information A piece of information is used to indicate target configuration information, and/or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • the communication unit is further configured to not start transmitting the uplink data at the start time of the first cycle when the time when the uplink data arrives is within the second time interval data
  • the second time interval is a period of time between the start moments of the first configuration information at the second moment
  • the first configuration information is the configuration information with the earliest time domain in the configuration information set
  • the The first cycle is one of several consecutive cycles in which the configuration information set is sent.
  • the end moment of the second time interval is the same as the start moment of the first configuration information.
  • An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a network device, including:
  • a processing unit sending a configuration information set to the terminal device through the communication unit, where the configuration information set includes a plurality of configuration information;
  • the processing unit is further configured to receive third information from the terminal device through the communication unit, where the third information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the terminal device when no uplink data arrives before the second time point.
  • the device sends the third information, and the second time is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or in the configuration information set Configuration information other than the target configuration information, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • a ninth aspect of an embodiment of the present application discloses a terminal device, including at least one processor and a transceiver, wherein the at least one processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the transceiver, and the memory is configured to store a computer program , the processor is used to call the computer program to perform the following operations:
  • the first information includes a first time
  • the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is sent to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time.
  • the processor is further configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device through the transceiver, where the DCI is configured to activate the configuration information set in the configuration information; selecting target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the processor is further configured to select target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the second information.
  • the processor is further configured to receive the second information from the network device through the transceiver.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time. one or more.
  • the processor is further configured to send the first time to the network device through the transceiver when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the first time information, the first time is a time point before a configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the processor is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a second time-frequency resource through the transceiver, where the second time-frequency resource is the same as the The target configuration information is related.
  • the processor is further configured to receive fourth information from the network device through the transceiver, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, the The third time-frequency resource is used to send the first information to the network device.
  • the processor is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a fourth time-frequency resource through the transceiver, where the fourth time-frequency resource is Time-frequency resources for transmitting uplink control information UCI are pre-allocated.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information is sent to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource , the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for sending the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink is sent to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource Control information UCI, the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for sending uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver.
  • the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource are in the time domain Or overlap in the frequency domain, or when the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or frequency domain, the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource.
  • the network device sends the first information and the uplink control information UCI, and the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for sending the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information is sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used to send the first information to the network device.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information is sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used to send the first information to the network device.
  • UCI uplink control information
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI is sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is sent to the network device.
  • the time-frequency resource is the time-frequency resource pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information and the uplink control information are sent to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource UCI, the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for sending uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource overlaps with the fifth time-frequency resource in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information is sent to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is a preset time-frequency resource. Allocate time-frequency resources for transmitting uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI is sent to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used to send the uplink control information UCI to the network device.
  • the resources are time-frequency resources pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information and the uplink control information UCI are sent to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource,
  • the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • a tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a network device, including at least one processor and a transceiver, wherein the at least one processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the transceiver, and the memory is configured to store a computer program , the processor is used to call the computer program to perform the following operations:
  • the configuration information set includes the target configuration information
  • the transceiver receives the uplink data from the terminal device according to the target configuration information.
  • the first information includes a first time, and the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is received within the first time.
  • the processor is further configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device through the transceiver, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration in the configuration information set information; the activated configuration information is used for the terminal device to select target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the processor is further configured to send second information to the terminal device through the transceiver, where the second information is used by the terminal device according to the second information
  • the target configuration information is selected from the set of configuration information.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time.
  • the first moment is a point in time before a piece of configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the processor is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on the second time-frequency resource through the transceiver, and the second time-frequency resource and the target Configuration information is relevant.
  • the processor is further configured to send fourth information to the terminal device through the transceiver, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, the first The three time-frequency resources are used by the terminal device to send the first information to the network device.
  • the processor is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on a fourth time-frequency resource through the transceiver, where the fourth time-frequency resource is a preset time-frequency resource. Allocate time-frequency resources for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, receiving the first information from the terminal device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource,
  • the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control from the terminal device is received on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource Information UCI, the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first time-frequency resource from the terminal device is received on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource information and the uplink control information UCI, the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information from the terminal device is received on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is: Pre-allocating time-frequency resources for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device is received on the fifth time-frequency resource, and the first The five time-frequency resources are the time-frequency resources pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, receiving the first information and the uplink control from the terminal device on the fifth time-frequency resource Information UCI, the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the first information from the terminal device is received on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated The time-frequency resource used by the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device is received on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the fifth time-frequency resource is used to receive the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device.
  • the frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • the processor is further configured to use the transceiver when the second time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, or the When the third time-frequency resource and the fifth time-frequency resource overlap in the time domain or the frequency domain, receiving the first information and the uplink control information UCI from the terminal device on the sixth time-frequency resource , the fifth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • An eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a terminal device, including at least one processor and a transceiver, wherein the at least one processor is used to communicate with other devices through the transceiver, and the memory is used to store a computer A program, the processor is used to call the computer program to perform the following operations:
  • the transceiver receiving, by the transceiver, a configuration information set from a network device, the configuration information set including a plurality of configuration information;
  • the transceiver sends third information to the network device, where the third information is used to indicate that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used, and the The second time point is a time point before a piece of configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the processor is further configured to receive, through the transceiver, indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the second moment.
  • the processor is further configured to send the first time to the network device through the transceiver when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the second time information, the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set .
  • the processor is further configured to, through the transceiver, when the time when the uplink data arrives is within the second time interval, is not at the start time of the first cycle Start transmitting the uplink data, the second time interval is a period of time between the second time and the start time of the first configuration information, and the first configuration information is the earliest time domain in the configuration information set configuration information, the first cycle is one of several consecutive cycles in which the configuration information set is sent.
  • the end moment of the second time interval is the same as the start moment of the first configuration information.
  • a twelfth aspect of an embodiment of the present application discloses a network device, including at least one processor and a transceiver, wherein the at least one processor is configured to communicate with other devices through the transceiver, and the memory is configured to store a computer A program, the processor is used to call the computer program to perform the following operations:
  • Third information from the terminal device is received through the transceiver, where the third information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the processor is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device through the transceiver, where the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device has not
  • the third information is sent to the device when the uplink data arrives, and the second time is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the processor is further configured to receive first information from the terminal device through the transceiver, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or all configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application discloses a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer executes the methods of the foregoing aspects.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product, which, when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the methods of the above aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a configuration authorization scheduling type 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a part of configuration parameters for configuring RRC signaling of grant scheduling type 1 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a time-frequency resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a configuration authorization scheduling type 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of some configuration parameters associated with configuration authorization scheduling type 2 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio changing with time according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a first moment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a first moment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a first time provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of overlapping in the time domain of a second time-frequency resource or a third time-frequency resource and a fifth time-frequency resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of a second moment provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of a kind of uplink data arrival time before the second time according to an embodiment of the present application
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of an uplink data arrival time in a second time interval provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 1000 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication system 1000 may include a network device 1007, a terminal device 1001, a terminal device 1002, a terminal device 1003, a terminal device 1004, and a terminal Device 1005 and Terminal Device 1006. It should be understood that more or less network devices or terminal devices may be included in the communication system 100 to which the methods of the embodiments of the present application may be applied.
  • the network device and the terminal device may be hardware, software that is functionally divided, or a combination of the above two.
  • the network device and the terminal device can communicate through other devices or network elements.
  • the network device 1007 can allocate resources for uplink transmission to multiple terminal devices, and the terminal device 1001-terminal device 1006 can send uplink data to the network device 1007 according to the allocated resources.
  • the methods in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to the communication system 1000 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide users with voice and/or data connectivity, specifically, include devices that provide users with voice, or include devices that provide users with data connectivity, or include devices that provide users with voice and data connectivity sexual equipment.
  • it may include a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or a processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal equipment can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN), exchange voice or data with the RAN, or exchange voice and data with the RAN.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, device-to-device (D2D) terminal equipment, vehicle to everything (V2X) terminal equipment , Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications (M2M/MTC) terminal equipment, Internet of things (IoT) terminal equipment, light terminal equipment (light UE), reduced capability User equipment (reduced capability UE, REDCAP UE), subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), remote station (remote station), access point (access point, AP), remote A remote terminal, an access terminal, a user terminal, a user agent, or a user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • M2M/MTC Machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • IoT Internet of things
  • light UE light UE
  • reduced capability User equipment reduced capability UE
  • REDCAP UE reduced capability User equipment
  • these may include mobile telephones (or "cellular" telephones), computers with mobile terminal equipment, portable, pocket-sized, hand-held, computer-embedded mobile devices, and the like.
  • mobile telephones or "cellular" telephones
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • constrained devices such as devices with lower power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power, etc.
  • it includes information sensing devices such as barcodes, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), and laser scanners.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices or smart wearable devices, etc. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be considered as on-board terminal equipment.
  • the on-board terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • the terminal device may further include a relay (relay).
  • a relay relay
  • any device capable of data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • Network equipment including, for example, access network (AN) equipment, such as a base station (for example, an access point), which may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with wireless terminal equipment over the air interface through one or more cells , or, for example, a network device in a vehicle-to-everything (V2X) technology is a roadside unit (RSU).
  • the base station may be used to interconvert the received air frames and IP packets, acting as a router between the terminal equipment and the rest of the access network, which may include the IP network.
  • the RSU can be a fixed infrastructure entity supporting V2X applications and can exchange messages with other entities supporting V2X applications.
  • the network device can also coordinate the attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A), Alternatively, it may also include the next generation node B (gNB) in the 5th generation mobile communication technology (the 5th generation, 5G) NR system (also referred to as the NR system for short), or may also include a cloud access network (cloud access network).
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) in a radio access network, Cloud RAN) system.
  • Configured grant scheduling means that the network device activates an uplink grant to the terminal device once. If the terminal device does not receive deactivation, it will always use the resources specified by the first uplink grant for uplink.
  • Transmission which has two types of transmission:
  • Configured grant type 1 (configured grant type 1): basic configuration information (including time-frequency resources, modulation and coding scheme (MCS), etc.) is controlled by radio resource control (RRC) through high-level signaling
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the terminal device can use the basic configuration information without activation of downlink control information (DCI), as shown in Figure 2.
  • FIG. 3 shows some configuration parameters of RRC signaling for configuring grant scheduling type 1 (configured grant type 1).
  • the network device configures basic configuration information through RRC signaling, and the terminal device can transmit uplink data according to the period T using the transmission state (including time-frequency resources, modulation and coding methods, etc.) determined by the basic configuration information.
  • the terminal device can transmit uplink data according to the period T using the transmission state (including time-frequency resources, modulation and coding methods, etc.) determined by the basic configuration information.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of time-frequency resources. Each small square represents a time-frequency resource block, and the gray-filled square is the resource configured by the network device for the terminal device to transmit uplink data. After the network device configures the time-frequency resource, the terminal device can use the time-frequency resource according to the period T. Time-frequency resource block, wherein the period T is also configured through RRC signaling, corresponding to the variable periodicity in FIG. 3 .
  • Configured grant type 2 (configured grant type 2): basic configuration information (including time-frequency resources, modulation and coding methods, etc.) is configured by radio resource control (RRC) through high-level signaling, and terminal equipment cannot be used directly.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the basic configuration information can be used for data transmission according to the period T only after the basic configuration information is activated through the DCI.
  • the main difference from the configuration authorization scheduling type 1 is that the configuration authorization scheduling type 2 needs to be activated by the DCI before the basic configuration information can be used, as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • FIG. 6 shows some configuration parameters associated with configuration authorization scheduling type 2 .
  • the period T is also configured through RRC signaling, which corresponds to the variable periodicity in FIG. 3 .
  • time-frequency resource information, modulation and coding methods in the configuration authorization scheduling type 1 are configured through RRC signaling, as shown in Figure 3.
  • rrc-ConfiguradUplinkGrant->timeDomainAllocation and rrc-ConfiguradUplinkGrant->frequencyDomainAllocation is used to configure the time-frequency resources used by type1, but the time-frequency resource information in the configuration authorization scheduling type 2, modulation and coding methods and other information are indicated by the activated DCI, that is, for the authorization scheduling type 2 , the basic parameters of transmission need to be jointly determined by RRC signaling and DCI indication information.
  • Modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS): used to describe the modulation scheme and code rate used in uplink data transmission.
  • MCS index table modulation and coding scheme index table
  • Table 1 is a modulation and coding scheme index table.
  • each row corresponds to a set of modulation order and code rate.
  • the network device can select a row in the table through the indication information, and then notify the terminal device of the modulation mode and code rate used for data transmission. Different modulation orders correspond to different modulation modes.
  • the modulation mode and code rate can be determined by the MCS index. For example, if the network device informs the terminal device that the MCS index is 3, the terminal device can determine according to Table 1.
  • the modulation method is quadrature phase shift keying, and the code rate is 449/1024.
  • the prior art provides three tables. Each table corresponds to different reliability requirements, and which table is selected can be configured to the terminal device by high-level configuration parameters.
  • TBS transport block size
  • TBS The calculation process of TBS is as follows: first, determine the number of resource elements (resource elements, RE) N RE in a time slot, and use the formula Determine the number of REs allocated to an uplink physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel, PDSCH) in a physical resource block (physical resource block, PRB), where, represents the number of carriers in the frequency domain in a PRB, Indicates the number of symbols allocated to PUSCH or PDSCH scheduling in a slot, Indicates the number of REs occupied by the demodulation reference signal (DMRS) in a PRB, including the DMRS overhead, It is the overhead configured by the xOverhead parameter in the high-level parameter PUSCH-ServingCellConfig.
  • PUSCH resource elements
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • PRB physical resource block
  • N RE min(156, N' RE ) ⁇ n PRB , where n PRB is the total number of PRBs.
  • N info N RE ⁇ R ⁇ Q m ⁇ v, where Qm is the modulation order, R is the code rate, and v is the number of layers used.
  • N info ⁇ 3824 by formula Calculate the median value of the information bits N info , where, Look up the table in the protocol to get the nearest value not less than N' info as TBS; if N info >3824, use the formula Calculate the median value of the information bits N info , where, If the code rate R ⁇ 1/4, in, if not
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a signal to interference plus noise ratio changing with time
  • the vertical axis represents the signal to interference plus noise ratio (signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR)
  • the horizontal axis represents time
  • signal to interference The plus-to-noise ratio refers to the ratio of the strength of the received useful signal to the strength of the received interference signal (noise and interference).
  • Configuring authorization scheduling means that the network device activates an uplink authorization to the terminal device once.
  • the terminal device If the terminal device does not receive deactivation, it will always use the resources specified by the first uplink authorization for uplink transmission, thereby saving overhead and reducing time delay. Therefore, in order to ensure low delay and high reliability, when selecting modulation and coding methods, only modulation and coding methods with relatively high robustness can be selected, namely the conservative MCS in Figure 7, which leads to lower spectrum utilization. Rate.
  • the network device cannot immediately know the uplink data requirements of the terminal device, such as the arrival time of the uplink service, the reliability of the uplink data, and the packet size of the uplink data. Therefore, the transmission parameters semi-statically configured by the network device to the terminal device can only be selected in the most conservative case, so as to meet the requirements of low latency and high reliability. However, this will lead to waste of resources and low utilization of resources.
  • the prior art supports network devices to configure the same resources for multiple terminal devices, thereby improving resource utilization efficiency, when multiple terminal devices have data to transmit at the same time, doing so may lead to multiple terminal devices at the same time. data is transmitted on the frequency resources, thereby causing interference and reducing reliability. Therefore, how to better balance reliability and resource utilization in configuration authorization scheduling is a technical problem being solved by those skilled in the art.
  • FIG. 8 is a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes:
  • Step S801 The network device sends the configuration information set to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information set may include time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission, MCS used for uplink data transmission, precoding matrix and period used for uplink data transmission, and the like.
  • the configuration information set is described by taking the time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission and the MCS used for uplink data transmission as an example, and other parameters of the configuration information set can also be implemented in the same way.
  • the configuration information set includes at least one candidate time-frequency resource and at least one candidate MCS.
  • configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations
  • the first configuration includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • the second configuration includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2, that is, configuration 1 includes two candidate time-frequency resources and two candidate MCSs.
  • Configuration 2 includes a third set of configurations and a fourth set of configurations.
  • the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS, that is to say, the third set of configuration includes two candidate time-frequency resources and one candidate.
  • the fourth set of configuration includes time-frequency resource 3, MCS1 and MCS2, that is to say, the fourth set of configuration includes one candidate time-frequency resource and two candidate MCSs.
  • the set of configuration information may be one or more of the first set of configurations, the third set of configurations in the second configuration, and the fourth set of configurations in the second configuration.
  • the set of configuration information is the third set of configurations in the second configuration. , that is, the third set of configuration includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS, and then the network device sends a set of configuration information to the terminal device, that is, the third set of configuration includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS.
  • Step S802 The terminal device receives the configuration information set from the network device.
  • the terminal device receives the configuration information set from the network device, that is, the third set of configuration, the third set of configuration
  • the set configuration includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS.
  • Step S803 The terminal device selects target configuration information from the configuration information set.
  • the target configuration information includes the first time-frequency resource and/or the modulation and coding scheme MCS.
  • the configuration information set in this embodiment is described by taking the time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission and the MCS used for uplink data transmission as an example, so the target configuration information includes the first time-frequency resource and/or the modulation and coding mode MCS, and the target configuration information also includes Other parameters may be included, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information DCI from the network device, and the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set; then the terminal device selects target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • a plurality of configuration information in the configuration information set may be activated through the DCI.
  • This method corresponds to configuration authorization scheduling type 2.
  • the terminal device selects target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the second information.
  • the second information may include one or more of channel state information, reliability of uplink data, size information of uplink data, arrival time of uplink data, and the first moment.
  • the second information may be sent by a network device, or specified by a protocol, or self-implemented by a terminal device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the configuration information set is a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations
  • the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • the second set of configurations includes Time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2
  • the second information is the first threshold corresponding to the first set of configurations, and the second threshold corresponding to the second set of configurations; if the value corresponding to the current channel state is greater than the first threshold, then the first set of configuration The transmission requirement is met; if the value corresponding to the current channel state is greater than the second threshold, the second set of configurations meets the transmission requirement.
  • the value corresponding to the current channel state and the second information may also have other satisfying relationships.
  • the first threshold corresponding to the first set of configurations it is considered that the first set of configurations meets the transmission requirements
  • the second threshold corresponding to the second set of configurations it is considered that the second set of configurations meets the transmission requirement, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the state information of the channel.
  • the terminal device needs to estimate the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device according to the state of the current channel, and then select the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (BLER) of the transmitted data.
  • the state of the current channel can first obtain the channel state of the downlink through reference signals such as channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS).
  • CSI-RS channel state information-reference signal
  • the state of the channel for uplink data transmission that is, the state of the current channel, can be determined by the channel state of the downlink.
  • the state of the channel for uplink data transmission is the state information of the channel in the second information.
  • the SINR of receiving uplink data can be implemented in various ways.
  • the network device can configure the corresponding relationship between the current channel state and the SINR for the terminal device through high-level signaling; for example, it can be implemented by the terminal device, and the terminal device can predict based on historical information.
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations, the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resources. 2 and MCS2.
  • the terminal device estimates the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device to be S according to the state of the current channel, and then selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (BLER) of the transmitted data as follows.
  • BLER target block error rate
  • the terminal device can only select the first configuration to transmit uplink data, i.e., frequency resource 1 and MCS1 are the target configuration information.
  • the second set of configurations transmits uplink data, that is, frequency resource 2 and MCS2 are the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device can select different target configuration information to transmit uplink data according to different channel states, so as to better adapt to the channel state. For example, when the channel conditions are good, the terminal device can use a higher MCS to Data of the same size is transmitted to improve the utilization efficiency of resources, and it can also ensure low latency and high reliability when the channel conditions are poor.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device is the third set of configurations in the second configuration, and the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS.
  • the terminal device estimates the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device to be S according to the state of the current channel, and then selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (bler) of the transmitted data as follows.
  • the third configuration has the following characteristics:
  • the value of SINR is relatively small, the state of the channel is relatively poor, and more transmission resources are needed to transmit data to ensure the reliability of data transmission.
  • the terminal device can select appropriate resources under the same MCS according to the channel state. For example, when the channel conditions are better, the terminal device may choose to transmit data with fewer resources. When the channel conditions are poor, more transmission resources can be used to ensure reliability. For example, data is repeatedly transmitted on redundant resources to ensure low latency and high reliability.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device is the third set of configurations in the second configuration, and the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS.
  • the terminal device estimates the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device to be S according to the state of the current channel, and then selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (bler) of the transmitted data as follows.
  • the third configuration has the following characteristics:
  • Time-frequency resource 1 + time-frequency resource 2 (indicating that time-frequency resource 1 and time-frequency resource 2 are used at the same time) and MCS: the state of the corresponding channel is relatively poor, that is, the configuration when the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device is S1, for example, S1 0 decibels (dB).
  • Select time-frequency resource 1 + time-frequency resource 2 and MCS to transmit uplink data that is, frequency resource 1 + time-frequency resource 2 and MCS are the target configuration information.
  • the value of SINR is relatively large, the state of the channel is relatively good, and less transmission resources are required to transmit data to ensure higher resource utilization efficiency;
  • Frequency resource 1 + time-frequency resource 2 and the second information S1 corresponding to MCS 0db, the value of SINR is relatively small, the channel state is relatively poor, and more transmission resources are needed to transmit data to meet the reliability of data transmission.
  • Frequency resource 1 and MCS transmit uplink data, that is, frequency resource 1 and MCS are the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device can select appropriate resources under the same MCS according to the channel state. For example, when the channel conditions are better, the terminal device may choose to transmit data with fewer resources. When the channel conditions are poor, more transmission resources can be used to ensure reliability. For example, data is repeatedly transmitted on redundant resources to ensure low latency and high reliability.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device is the fourth set of configurations in the second configuration, and the fourth set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 3, MCS1 and MCS2.
  • the terminal device estimates the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device to be S according to the state of the current channel, and then selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (BLER) of the transmitted data as follows.
  • BLER target block error rate
  • the value of SINR is relatively small, and the state of the channel is relatively poor, and a lower MCS can be used to transmit data, thereby ensuring the reliability of data transmission.
  • the value of SINR is relatively small, and the terminal device can only select time-frequency resource 3 and MCS1 to transmit uplink data, and instant frequency resource 3 and MCS1 are the target configuration. information.
  • the terminal equipment can use a higher MCS to meet the reliability requirements and ensure a high resource utilization rate, then the terminal equipment can choose the time-frequency Resource 3 and MCS2 transmit uplink data, that is, frequency resource 3 and MCS2 are target configuration information.
  • the terminal device can select different MCSs to transmit data on the same time-frequency resource according to the channel state, so that the terminal device can transmit more data when the channel condition is better and improve resource utilization.
  • the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the reliability of the uplink data.
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations, the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resources. 2 and MCS2.
  • the robustness corresponding to the first set of configurations and the second set of configurations may be indicated to the terminal device when the network device sends the set of configuration information to the terminal device, or the network device may indicate to the terminal device in an implicit manner. For example, one possible implicit way is that low MCS corresponds to higher robustness and high MCS corresponds to lower robustness.
  • the second information is the reliability corresponding to each set of configuration information.
  • the terminal device can select target configuration information according to the reliability of uplink data, and can use fewer resources or higher MCS to transmit uplink data for uplink data with low reliability, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the network device sends the third set of configuration in configuration 2 to the terminal device, the third set of configuration includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2 and MCS, or suppose the network device sends the fourth set of configuration in configuration 2 to the terminal device,
  • the fourth set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 3, MCS1 and MCS2.
  • the terminal device can also select target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the reliability of uplink data in the same way, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the size information of the uplink data.
  • the size of the uplink data that the terminal device needs to upload at different times is different. For example, at time 1, the terminal device has 32 bytes (byte) of uplink data to transmit; at time 2, the terminal device has 100 (byte) of uplink data to transmit.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device is configuration 1.
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations.
  • the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 2. and MCS2.
  • the second information is the size information of the uplink data corresponding to each set of configuration information.
  • TB1 50byte corresponding to the first set of configuration information
  • TB2 150byte corresponding to the second set of configuration information
  • TB1 50byte corresponding to the second set of configuration information
  • TB2 150byte.
  • the terminal device selects the first set of configurations to transmit the uplink data, namely frequency resource 1 and MCS1 as the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device selects the second configuration to transmit the uplink data, namely frequency resource 2 and MCS2 Configure information for the target.
  • the terminal device selects different transmission resources or different MCS transmission data according to the size of the uplink data. This enables more efficient use of resources. For example, when the uplink data is small, only a relatively small number of resources need to be selected to transmit data, which can save resources.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
  • the first moment is a point in time. It can be determined by period and offset.
  • the period is 3 time slots
  • the offset is 3 symbols. It means that the first moment is the moment when the third symbol on every 3 time slots is located.
  • the first moment may be determined by using the first time interval and the first configuration information.
  • the first moment is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set, the time between the first moment and the start moment of the first configuration information is a first time interval, and the first configuration information It is the earliest configuration information in the time domain in the configuration information set.
  • the end moment of the first time interval is the same as the start moment of the first configuration information.
  • the configuration information set includes configuration 1 and configuration 2
  • configuration 1 includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • configuration 2 includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2, as shown in FIG.
  • the domain is before the time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 2, that is to say, time-frequency resource 1 is the first configuration information
  • time-frequency resource 1 is the first configuration information
  • the first moment is a time point before time-frequency resource 1
  • the first moment starts from time-frequency resource 1.
  • the time between the start times is the first time interval T1 , that is, the end time of the first time interval T1 is the start time of the time-frequency resource 1 .
  • the configuration information set includes configuration 1 and configuration 2
  • configuration 1 includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • configuration 2 includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2
  • the time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 1 is in time-frequency resource 2
  • the corresponding time domains are the same, that is to say, time-frequency resource 1 or time-frequency resource 2 is the first configuration information
  • the first moment is a time point before time-frequency resource 1 or time-frequency resource 2, the first moment and time-frequency resource 2.
  • the time between the start times of resource 1 is the first time interval T2, that is, the end time of the first time interval T2 is the start time of time-frequency resource 1 or time-frequency resource 2.
  • Step S804 The terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
  • the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the information set, and the first information is in a physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) transmission on the uplink, or transmission on the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the first information may be target configuration information.
  • the terminal device sends information including time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2 to the network device.
  • the network device can determine the time-frequency resource according to the information of time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2. 2 and MCS2.
  • the first information may be indication information for indicating target configuration information.
  • the rules are pre-defined by the network device and the terminal device, and the set of configuration information is configuration 1.
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations, and the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1;
  • the set configuration includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2.
  • the terminal device sends 0 and 0 to the network device to indicate time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2, the corresponding network device determines time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2 as the target configuration information;
  • the network device sends 1, 1 to indicate time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1, and the corresponding network device determines time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1 as target configuration information.
  • the first information may be configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the configuration information set includes configuration 1 and configuration 2
  • configuration 1 includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • configuration 2 includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2
  • the terminal device sends time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1 to the network device, and the network device receives After reaching the time-frequency resource 1 and the MCS1, the target configuration information is determined to be the time-frequency resource 2 and the MCS2
  • the first information may be indication information for indicating that the target configuration information is excluded from the configuration information set other configuration information.
  • the terminal device sends 0 to the network device.
  • Configuration information other than the target configuration information namely frequency resource 1 and MCS1, correspondingly, the network device determines that the target configuration information is time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2;
  • the configuration information other than the target configuration information namely, frequency resource 2 and MCS2, correspondingly, the network device determines that the target configuration information is time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1.
  • the first information includes the first time or is used to indicate the first time, and the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is sent to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time.
  • the first time can be several consecutive cycles T.
  • the first time is 5 consecutive cycles
  • the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device has The target configuration information sends uplink data to the network device.
  • the first time may be the number of symbols, or the number of time slots, or other parameters describing the length of time, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the target configuration information is used to send uplink data to the network device.
  • the configuration information used for sending data is the target configuration information.
  • the uplink data to be sent may be the same uplink data or different uplink data, which is not specified.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from sending the first information to the network device in each cycle, the frequency of sending the first information can be reduced, and resources can be saved.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the second time-frequency resource is related to the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the second time-frequency resource is related to the configuration information set.
  • the time-domain position of the second time-frequency resource may have a definite relative position with the configuration information with the earliest time-domain configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the second time-frequency resource.
  • the second time-frequency resource is related to the second configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the second configuration information may be the earliest configuration information in the time domain in the configuration information set.
  • the second configuration information may be the latest configuration information in the time domain in the configuration information set.
  • the second information may be configuration information that occupies the largest frequency domain bandwidth in the configuration information set.
  • the second time-frequency resource can be determined through the configured information set, and no additional indication information is required.
  • the terminal device receives the fourth information from the network device.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate the third time-frequency resource.
  • the fourth information may be an index.
  • the third time-frequency resource is determined according to the index, and other indication methods may also be used. , the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the terminal device may determine the third time-frequency resource according to the fourth information, and then send the first information to the network device on the third time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the fourth time-frequency resource.
  • the fourth time-frequency resource is a time-frequency resource pre-allocated for the terminal device to send uplink control information (uplink control information, UCI).
  • UCI uplink control information
  • the UCI is a channel quality indication (CQI)
  • the CQI is obtained by the terminal equipment by measuring the channel state of the downlink through the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, wherein, through the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS
  • the RS measures the downlink channel state, and the downlink channel state information can be used for the terminal device to select target configuration information. That is, the selected target configuration information can be implicitly notified through the CQI information.
  • the configuration information set includes two configuration information, namely configuration information 1 and configuration information 2, respectively. If the index information of the CQI indicated by the CQI information is less than 8, it indicates that the target configuration information is configuration information 1 in the configuration information set, and other values indicate that the target configuration information is configuration information 2.
  • the configuration information set includes 3 configuration information as an example, which are configuration information 1, configuration information 2, and configuration information 3 respectively. If the index information of the CQI indicated by the CQI information is less than 3, the target configuration information is configuration information 1; if it is greater than or equal to 3 but less than 8, the target configuration information is configuration information 2; otherwise, the target configuration information is configuration information 3.
  • the first information can be implicitly carried in the UCI information, and no additional resource transmission is required.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device may receive the sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information may be sent by the network device.
  • the sixth indication information indicates that in the above situation (that is, in the case where the resources for sending the first information and the resources for sending the UCI overlap), the terminal device sends the first information.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority. If the sixth indication information indicates that the priority of the first information is higher than the priority of the UCI, the terminal device sends the information to the network on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource. The device sends the first information.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink control information UCI to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device receives the sixth indication information, the sixth indication information may be sent by the network device, and the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the UCI in the above situation.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority. If the sixth indication information indicates that the priority of the UCI is higher than the priority of the first information, the terminal device sends the information to the network on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource. Device sends UCI.
  • the terminal device sends the first information and the uplink control information UCI to the network device on the second time-frequency resource or the third time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device receives the sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information may be sent by the network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to send the first information in this case.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority. If the sixth indication information indicates that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the UCI, the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink control information UCI to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device receives the sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information may be sent by the network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in this case, the terminal device sends UCI.
  • the sixth indication information may be a priority. If the sixth indication information indicates that the priority of the UCI is higher than the priority of the first information, the terminal device sends the UCI to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device sends the first information and the uplink control information UCI to the network device on the fifth time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the sixth time-frequency resource is a new time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device receives the sixth indication information, and the sixth indication information may be sent by the network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in the above-mentioned situation, the terminal device sends the first information.
  • the sixth information may be a priority. If the sixth indication information indicates that the priority of the first information is higher than that of the UCI, the terminal device sends the first information on the sixth time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device sends the uplink control information UCI to the network device on the sixth time-frequency resource, and the sixth time-frequency resource is a new time-frequency resource.
  • the indication information may be sent by a network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that in this case, the terminal device sends UCI.
  • the sixth information may be a priority, and if the sixth indication information indicates that the priority of the UCI is higher than the priority of the first information, the UCI is sent on the sixth time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device sends the first information and the uplink control information UCI to the network device on a sixth time-frequency resource, where the sixth time-frequency resource is a new time-frequency resource.
  • Step S805 The network device receives the first information from the terminal device.
  • the network device after receiving the first information from the terminal device, releases resources of configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the configuration information set is configuration 1
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations
  • the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2
  • the target The configuration information is frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • the network device releases the resources of time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2.
  • the network device after receiving the first information from the terminal device, allocates resources of configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set to other terminal devices.
  • the configuration information set is configuration 1
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations
  • the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2
  • the target The configuration information is frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • the network device allocates time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2 to other terminal devices.
  • Step S806 The terminal device sends uplink data to the network device according to the target configuration information.
  • the target configuration information is time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1.
  • the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device on the time-frequency resource 1 using the modulation and coding mode of MCS1.
  • Step S807 The network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device.
  • FIG. 13 is another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
  • Step S1301 The network device sends the configuration information set to the terminal device.
  • the configuration information set includes a plurality of configuration information, which may include time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission, MCS used for uplink data transmission, precoding matrix and period used for uplink data transmission, and the like.
  • the configuration information set is described by taking the time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission and the MCS used for uplink data transmission as an example, and other parameters of the configuration information set can also be implemented in the same way. It is not repeated here.
  • Step S1302 The terminal device receives the configuration information set from the network device.
  • the terminal device receives the configuration information set from the network device, that is, the third set of configuration, the third set of configuration
  • the set configuration includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS.
  • Step S1303 If no uplink data arrives before the second time, the terminal device sends third information to the network device.
  • the third information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the second moment is a point in time. It can be determined by period and offset.
  • the period is 3 time slots
  • the offset is 3 symbols. It means that the second time is the time when the third symbol on every 3 time slots is located.
  • the second time is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set, and may be determined by the first configuration information and the second time interval.
  • the time between the second moment and the start moment of the first configuration information is the second time interval.
  • the first configuration information is the earliest configuration information in the time domain in the configuration information set.
  • the end moment of the second time interval is the same as the start moment of the first configuration information.
  • the configuration information set includes configuration 1 and configuration 2, configuration 1 includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1, and configuration 2 includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2, as shown in FIG.
  • the domain is before the time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 2, that is to say, time-frequency resource 1 is the first configuration information, then the second time is a time point before time-frequency resource 1, and the second time and the start of time-frequency resource 1
  • the time between the start times is the second time interval T3 , that is, the end time of the second time interval T3 is the same as the start time of the time-frequency resource 1 .
  • the configuration information set includes configuration 1 and configuration 2
  • configuration 1 includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • configuration 2 includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2.
  • time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 1 is in time-frequency resource 2.
  • the corresponding time domains are the same, that is to say, time-frequency resource 1 or time-frequency resource 2 is the first configuration information, then the second time is a time point before time-frequency resource 1 or time-frequency resource 2, and the second time and time-frequency
  • the time between the start times of resource 1 or time-frequency resource 2 is the second time interval T4, that is, the end time of the second time interval T4 is the same as the start time of time-frequency resource 1 or time-frequency resource 2.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the first time can be several consecutive cycles T.
  • the first time is 5 consecutive cycles
  • the third information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not used in the consecutive 5 cycles Configuration information in the configuration information collection.
  • the first time may be the number of symbols, or the number of time slots, or other parameters describing the length of time, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device can be prevented from sending the third information to the network device in each cycle, the frequency of sending the third information can be reduced, and resources can be saved.
  • the terminal device receives the indication information from the network device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the second moment.
  • the indication information may directly indicate the second moment, for example, the indication information directly indicates that the second moment is the 30th second, and in another example, the indication information may indirectly indicate the second moment.
  • Time for example, the indication information may indicate a second time interval, and the second time may be determined through the second time interval.
  • the start time of the second time interval is the second time.
  • the indication information indicates that the second time interval is from the 40th second to the 50th second, and the second time interval can be determined to be the 40th second. .
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device.
  • the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • the configuration information set includes configuration 1 and configuration 2
  • configuration 1 includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • configuration 2 includes time-frequency resource 2
  • the time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 1 is before the time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 2
  • the second time is a time point before time-frequency resource 1.
  • the second time is the 40th second
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, the first information indicates that the target configuration information is time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1, or indicates The configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set is time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2.
  • the transmission of the uplink data is not started at the start time of the first cycle, and the second time interval is the second time interval
  • a period of time between the start time of the first configuration information, the first configuration information is the configuration information with the earliest time domain in the configuration information set, and the first period is the transmission of several consecutive configuration information sets. a cycle within a cycle.
  • the cycle of sending the configuration information set is four consecutive cycles, the first cycle, the second cycle, the third cycle, and the fourth cycle, with the horizontal axis of time in FIG. 17 .
  • the direction of the third time-frequency resource 1 and the second time interval T5 corresponding to the time-frequency resource 2 are taken as an example for description.
  • the time when the uplink data arrives is the 45th second, and the configuration information set includes configuration 1 and configuration 2.
  • Configuration 1 includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • configuration 2 includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2
  • the time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 1 is before the time domain corresponding to time-frequency resource 2, that is, time-frequency resource 1 is the first configuration information
  • the second time is a time point before time-frequency resource 1
  • the second time interval T5 is a period of time between the second time and the start time of time-frequency resource 1, that is, the second time interval T5
  • the end time of is the same as the start time of time-frequency resource 1.
  • the second time interval T5 is from the 40th second to the 50th second.
  • the start time is the start time of the third cycle in FIG. 17 , that is, the uplink data is transmitted in the 50th second.
  • Step S1304 The network device receives the third information from the terminal device.
  • FIG. 18 is another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method includes:
  • Step S1801 The network device sends the configuration information set to the terminal device.
  • At least one configuration information in the configuration information set is associated with a fifth information, for example, the fifth information may be priority information.
  • the configuration information set may include time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission, MCS used for uplink data transmission, precoding matrix and period used for uplink data transmission, and the like.
  • the configuration information set is described by taking the time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission and the MCS used for uplink data transmission as an example, and other parameters of the configuration information set can also be implemented in the same way.
  • the configuration information set includes at least one candidate time-frequency resource and at least one candidate MCS.
  • configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations, the first configuration includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second configuration includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2, that is, configuration 1 includes two There are two candidate time-frequency resources and two candidate MCSs, and the priority of the first set of configurations is higher than that of the second set of configurations.
  • Configuration 2 includes a third set of configurations, and the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS, that is to say, the third set of configuration includes two candidate time-frequency resources and one candidate MCS, wherein, The priority of time-frequency resource 1 is higher than that of time-frequency resource 2.
  • the set of configuration information may be the third set of configurations in configuration one and/or two.
  • the set of configuration information may be the third set of configurations in configuration two, that is, the third set of resource 2 and MCS, and the priority of time-frequency resource 1 is higher than that of time-frequency resource 2, and then the network device sends a set of configuration information to the terminal device, that is, the third set of configuration includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2 and MCS, to Time-frequency resource 1 has a higher priority than time-frequency resource 2.
  • Step S1802 The terminal device receives the configuration information set from the network device.
  • the terminal device receives the The set of configuration information of the network device, namely the third set of configurations, the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2 and MCS, and the priority of time-frequency resource 1 is higher than that of time-frequency resource 2.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink control information DCI from the network device, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set; then the terminal device selects the activated configuration information according to the priority Select the target configuration information.
  • This method corresponds to configuration authorization scheduling type 2.
  • the network device sends the configuration information set, it also needs to send the configuration information in the DCI activation configuration information set, and then the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the activated configuration information, and then configures the target according to the target configuration information.
  • Information transmits upstream data.
  • Step S1803 The terminal device selects target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the fifth information.
  • the fifth information may be priority information
  • the target configuration information includes the first time-frequency resource and/or the modulation and coding mode MCS.
  • the configuration information set in this embodiment is described by taking the time-frequency resources for uplink data transmission and the MCS used for uplink data transmission as an example, so the target configuration information includes the first time-frequency resource and/or the modulation and coding mode MCS, and the target configuration information also includes Other parameters may be included, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device preferentially selects the configuration information with a higher priority to transmit data.
  • configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations
  • the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1
  • the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2
  • the first set of configurations has a higher priority than The second set of configuration.
  • Configuration 2 includes a third set of configurations, where the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS, where time-frequency resource 1 has a higher priority than time-frequency resource 2.
  • the one with higher priority is selected.
  • the set of configurations that meet the requirements is selected as the target configuration information.
  • the first set of configurations can meet the transmission requirements in the second information
  • the first set of configurations is selected, that is, the target configuration information is time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1.
  • the target configuration information is time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1.
  • the first way is: if time-frequency resource 1 can meet the transmission requirements in the second information, select time-frequency resource 1 and MCS as the target configuration information; if time-frequency resource 1 cannot meet the transmission requirements in the second information, then Select time-frequency resource 2 and MCS as the target configuration information; the second method is: if time-frequency resource 1 can meet the transmission requirements in the second information, then select time-frequency resource 1 and MCS as the target configuration information, if time-frequency resource 1 If 1 cannot meet the transmission requirement in the second information, time-frequency resource 1 and time-frequency resource 2 and MCS are selected as the target configuration information.
  • Satisfying the transmission requirement may refer to: in an example, it is assumed that the configuration information set is a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations, the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 2 and MCS2, the second information is the first threshold corresponding to the first set of configurations, and the second threshold corresponding to the second set of configurations; if the value corresponding to the current channel state is greater than the first threshold, the first set of configurations meets the transmission requirement; if The value corresponding to the current channel state is greater than the second threshold, and the second set of configurations meets the transmission requirement.
  • the value corresponding to the current channel state and the second information may also have other satisfying relationships.
  • the first threshold corresponding to the first set of configurations it is considered that the first set of configurations meets the transmission requirements
  • the second threshold corresponding to the second set of configurations it is considered that the second set of configurations meets the transmission requirement, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device can choose to configure the configuration information corresponding to the lower priority to multiple users, so as to compare the probability of conflict. little.
  • the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the second information and the fifth information.
  • the fifth information may be priority information
  • the second information may be sent by a network device or specified by a protocol, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second information may include one or more of channel status information, reliability of uplink data, size information of uplink data, arrival time of uplink data, and transmission requirements.
  • the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the state information of the channel and the fifth information.
  • the following description takes the fifth information as the priority information as an example for description.
  • the terminal device needs to estimate the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device according to the state of the current channel, and then select the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (BLER) of the transmitted data.
  • the state of the current channel can first obtain the channel state of the downlink through reference signals such as the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS, and then because the channel states of the uplink and downlink are symmetrical, the terminal device can determine the channel state of the downlink The status of the channel for uplink data transmission, that is, the status of the current channel. After obtaining the state of the current channel, it is necessary to estimate the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device according to the state of the current channel.
  • CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
  • the network device can give the terminal The device configures the corresponding relationship between the state of the current channel and the SINR through high-level signaling; for example, through the terminal device, the terminal device can predict the state of the current channel and the relationship between the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device based on historical information; it should be pointed out that , in some scenarios, such as a scenario with relatively stable interference or a fully cooperative scenario, where the magnitude of the interference is controllable or relatively stable, it is feasible to obtain the SINR through the current channel state.
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations, the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resources. 2 and MCS2, and the first set of configurations has a higher priority than the second set of configurations.
  • the terminal device estimates the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device to be S according to the state of the current channel, and then selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (BLER) of the transmitted data.
  • BLER target block error rate
  • the terminal device can only select the first set of configurations to transmit uplink data, i.e. frequency resource 1 and MCS1 as the target configuration information.
  • the specific detailed description is as described in step S803, which is not repeated here.
  • the configuration information in the configuration information set meets the transmission requirement in the second information
  • the configuration information with a higher priority is selected as the target configuration information.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device is the third set of configurations in the second configuration.
  • the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS, and the priority of time-frequency resource 1 is higher than that of time-frequency resource. 2.
  • the terminal device estimates the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device to be S according to the state of the current channel, and then selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (bler) of the transmitted data as follows. :
  • the third configuration has the following characteristics:
  • the configuration information that can meet the transmission requirement in the second information is selected as the target configuration information.
  • the terminal equipment selects time-frequency resource 2.
  • the uplink data is transmitted with the MCS, that is, the frequency resource 2 and the MCS are the target configuration information.
  • the configuration information in the configuration information set meets the transmission requirement in the second information
  • the configuration information with a higher priority is selected as the target configuration information.
  • time-frequency resource 1 and MCS and time-frequency resource 2 and MCS both meet the transmission requirements in the second information. Since the priority of time-frequency resource 1 is higher than that of time-frequency resource 2, the terminal device selects time-frequency resource 1 and MCS to transmit uplink data, and instant frequency resource 1 and MCS are the targets. configuration information.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device is the third set of configurations in the second configuration.
  • the third set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1, time-frequency resource 2, and MCS, and the priority of time-frequency resource 1 is higher than that of time-frequency resource. 2.
  • the terminal device estimates the SINR of the uplink data received by the network device to be S according to the state of the current channel, and then selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the target block error rate (BLER) of the transmitted data.
  • BLER target block error rate
  • the configuration information that can meet the transmission requirement in the second information is selected as the target configuration information.
  • terminal equipment can only select time-frequency Resource 1 + time-frequency resource 2 and MCS transmit uplink data, and instant-frequency resource 1 + time-frequency resource 2 and MCS are target configuration information.
  • the configuration information in the configuration information set meets the transmission requirement in the second information
  • the configuration information with a higher priority is selected as the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the reliability of the uplink data and the fifth information.
  • the following description takes the fifth information as the priority information as an example for description.
  • MCS or more transmission resources are used to transmit uplink data to ensure reliability;
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations, the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resources. 2 and MCS2.
  • the first set of configurations The configuration takes precedence over the second set of configurations.
  • the robustness corresponding to the first set of configurations and the second set of configurations may be indicated to the terminal device when the network device sends the set of configuration information to the terminal device, or the network device may indicate to the terminal device in an implicit manner.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in an implicit manner. For example, one possible implicit way is that low MCS corresponds to higher robustness and high MCS corresponds to lower robustness.
  • the configuration information that can meet the transmission requirement in the second information is selected as the target configuration information.
  • the second information is the reliability corresponding to each set of configuration information.
  • the terminal device can only select the second set of configuration to transmit uplink data, that is, frequency resource 2 and MCS2 are the target configuration information.
  • the configuration information in the configuration information set meets the transmission requirement in the second information
  • the configuration information with a higher priority is selected as the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device selects the first set of configurations to transmit uplink data, namely frequency resources 1 and 1.
  • MCS1 is the target configuration information.
  • the terminal device selects the target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the size information of the uplink data and the fifth information.
  • the following description takes the fifth information as the priority information as an example for description.
  • the size of the uplink data that the terminal device needs to upload at different times is different. For example, at time 1, the terminal device has 32 bytes (byte) of uplink data to transmit; at time 2, the terminal device has 100 (byte) of uplink data to transmit.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device is configuration 1.
  • the configuration 1 includes a first set of configurations and a second set of configurations.
  • the first set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 1 and MCS1; the second set of configurations includes time-frequency resource 2. and MCS2, and notify the terminal equipment that the first set of configurations has a higher priority than the second set of configurations.
  • the second information is the size information of the uplink data corresponding to each set of configuration information.
  • TB1 50byte corresponding to the first set of configuration information
  • TB2 150byte corresponding to the second set of configuration information
  • TB1 50byte corresponding to the second set of configuration information
  • TB2 150byte.
  • the configuration information in the configuration information set meets the transmission requirement in the second information
  • the configuration information with a higher priority is selected as the target configuration information.
  • the second information is the size information of the uplink data corresponding to each set of configuration information.
  • TB1 50byte corresponding to the first set of configuration information
  • the configuration information that can meet the transmission requirement in the second information is selected as the target configuration information.
  • Step S1804 The terminal device sends uplink data to the network device according to the target configuration information.
  • step S806 For this step, reference may be made to step S806, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S1805 The network device receives the uplink data from the terminal device.
  • the set of configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device includes fifth information, and the fifth information may be a priority.
  • the terminal device preferentially selects configuration information with a higher priority transmit upstream data. Therefore, configuration information with a lower priority is less likely to be used than configuration information with a higher priority. Then, the network device can configure the resource corresponding to the low priority to multiple terminal devices for multiplexing, so as to improve the utilization efficiency of the resource.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1900 may include a communication unit 1901 and a processing unit 1902, wherein the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
  • a communication unit 1901 configured to receive a set of configuration information from a network device
  • a processing unit 1902 configured to select target configuration information from the configuration information set
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to send first information to the network device, where the first information is used to indicate the target configuration information and/or the configuration information set except the target configuration information configuration information;
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to send uplink data to the network device according to the target configuration information.
  • the first information includes a first time
  • the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is sent to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set;
  • the processing unit 1902 is further configured to select target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the processing unit 1902 is further configured to select target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the second information.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to receive the second information from the network device.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time. one or more.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to send first information to the network device when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the first time, the The first moment is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a second time-frequency resource, where the second time-frequency resource is configured with the target Information matters.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to receive fourth information from the network device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, and the third time-frequency The resource is used to send the first information to the network device.
  • the communication unit 1901 is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a fourth time-frequency resource, where the fourth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for Time-frequency resource for transmitting uplink control information UCI.
  • each unit may also correspond to the corresponding description with reference to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 2000 may include a processing unit 2001 and a communication unit 2002, wherein the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
  • a processing unit 2001 configured to send the configuration information set to the terminal device through the communication unit 2002;
  • the processing unit 2001 is further configured to receive, through the communication unit 2002, first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or the configuration information set except the configuration information other than the target configuration information, the configuration information set includes the target configuration information;
  • the processing unit 2001 is further configured to receive the uplink data from the terminal device through the communication unit 2002 according to the target configuration information.
  • the first information includes a first time
  • the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is received within the first time.
  • the communication unit 2002 is further configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information in the configuration information set; the The activated configuration information is used for the terminal device to select target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the communication unit 2002 is further configured to send second information to the terminal device, where the second information is used by the terminal device to retrieve the configuration from the configuration according to the second information Select the target configuration information from the information collection.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time.
  • the first moment is a point in time before a piece of configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the communication unit 2002 is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on the second time-frequency resource, where the second time-frequency resource is related to the target configuration information .
  • the communication unit 2002 is further configured to send fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, and the third time-frequency resource for the terminal device to send the first information to the network device.
  • the communication unit 2002 is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on a fourth time-frequency resource, where the fourth time-frequency resource is pre-allocated for all The time-frequency resource for the terminal equipment to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • each unit may also correspond to the corresponding description with reference to the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 2100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 2100 may include a processing unit 2101 and a communication unit 2102, wherein the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
  • a processing unit 2101 configured to receive a configuration information set from a network device through the communication unit 2102, where the configuration information set includes a plurality of configuration information;
  • the processing unit 2101 is further configured to send third information to the network device through the communication unit 2102 when no uplink data arrives before the second time point, where the third information is used to indicate that all the data are not used.
  • configuration information in the configuration information set, and the second time point is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the communication unit 2102 is further configured to receive indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the second moment.
  • the communication unit 2102 is further configured to send first information to the network device when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the second time, the The first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 2200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 2200 may include a processing unit 2201 and a communication unit 2202, wherein the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
  • the processing unit 2201 sends a configuration information set to the terminal device through the communication unit 2202, where the configuration information set includes a plurality of configuration information;
  • the processing unit 2201 is further configured to receive third information from the terminal device through the communication unit 2202, where the third information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the communication unit 2202 is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used to indicate to the terminal device when no uplink data arrives before the second time point
  • the third information is sent to the device, and the second time is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the communication unit 2202 is further configured to receive first information from the terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or the configuration information set configuration information other than the target configuration information in the target configuration information, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • FIG. 23 is a terminal device 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 2300 includes a processor 2301, a transceiver 2303, and optionally a memory 2302.
  • the processor 2301 and the memory 2302 and transceiver 2303 are connected to each other through bus 2304.
  • the memory 2302 includes random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 2302 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • the transceiver 2303 is used to receive and transmit data.
  • the processor 2301 may be one or more central processing units (central processing units, CPUs).
  • CPUs central processing units
  • the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 2301 in the terminal device 2300 reads the computer program stored in the memory 2302 to perform the following operations:
  • the first information includes a first time
  • the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is sent to the network device according to the target configuration information within the first time.
  • the processor 2301 is further configured to receive downlink control information DCI from the network device through the transceiver 2303, where the DCI is configured to activate the configuration information set configuration information in; select target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the processor 2301 is further configured to select target configuration information from the configuration information set according to the second information.
  • the processor 2301 is further configured to receive the second information from the network device through the transceiver 2303 .
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time. one or more.
  • the processor 2301 is further configured to, through the transceiver 2303, send to the network device when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the first time The first information, where the first moment is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the processor 2301 is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a second time-frequency resource through the transceiver 2303, and the second time-frequency Resources are related to the target configuration information.
  • the processor 2301 is further configured to receive fourth information from the network device through the transceiver 2303, where the fourth information is used to indicate a third time-frequency resource, The third time-frequency resource is used to send the first information to the network device.
  • the processor 2301 is further configured to send the first information to the network device on a fourth time-frequency resource through the transceiver 2303, and the fourth time-frequency The resources are time-frequency resources pre-allocated for transmitting the uplink control information UCI.
  • FIG. 24 is a network device 2400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 2400 includes a processor 2401, a transceiver 2403, and optionally a memory 2402.
  • the processor 2401 and the memory 2402 and transceiver 2403 are connected to each other through bus 2404.
  • the memory 2402 includes random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 2402 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • the transceiver 2403 is used to receive and transmit data.
  • the processor 2401 may be one or more central processing units (central processing units, CPUs).
  • CPUs central processing units
  • the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 2401 in the network device 2400 reads the computer program stored in the memory 2402 to perform the following operations:
  • the configuration information set includes the target configuration information
  • the transceiver 2403 receives uplink data from the terminal device according to the target configuration information.
  • the first information includes a first time, and the first information is used to indicate that the uplink data is received within the first time.
  • the processor 2401 is further configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal device through the transceiver 2403, where the DCI is used to activate the configuration information set in the configuration information; the activated configuration information is used for the terminal device to select target configuration information from the activated configuration information.
  • the processor 2401 is further configured to send second information to the terminal device through the transceiver 2403, where the second information is used by the terminal device according to the first The second information selects target configuration information from the configuration information set.
  • the second information includes channel state information, reliability of the uplink data, size information of the uplink data, arrival time of the uplink data, and the first moment in time.
  • the first moment is a point in time before a piece of configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the processor 2401 is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on the second time-frequency resource through the transceiver 2403, and the second time-frequency resource is the same as the second time-frequency resource. related to the target configuration information.
  • the processor 2401 is further configured to send fourth information to the terminal device through the transceiver 2403, where the fourth information is used to indicate the third time-frequency resource, so the The third time-frequency resource is used for the terminal device to send the first information to the network device.
  • the processor 2401 is further configured to receive the first information from the terminal device on a fourth time-frequency resource through the transceiver 2403, the fourth time-frequency resource to pre-allocate time-frequency resources for the terminal device to send the uplink control information UCI.
  • FIG. 25 is a terminal device 2500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 2500 includes a processor 2501, a transceiver 2503, and optionally, a memory 2502.
  • the processor 2501 and the memory 2502 and transceiver 2503 are connected to each other through bus 2504.
  • the memory 2502 includes random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 2502 is used for storing related instructions and data.
  • the transceiver 2503 is used to receive and transmit data.
  • the processor 2501 may be one or more central processing units (central processing units, CPUs).
  • CPUs central processing units
  • the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 2501 in the terminal device 2500 reads the computer program stored in the memory 2502 to perform the following operations:
  • the configuration information set includes a plurality of configuration information
  • the transceiver 2503 sends third information to the network device when no uplink data arrives before the second moment, where the third information is used to indicate that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used,
  • the second time point is a time point before a piece of configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the processor 2501 is further configured to receive, through the transceiver 2503, indication information from a network device, where the indication information is used to indicate the second moment.
  • the processor 2501 is further configured to, through the transceiver 2503, send to the network device when the time when the uplink data arrives is before the second time first information, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information and/or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one of the configuration sets configuration information.
  • FIG. 26 is a network device 2600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 2600 includes a processor 2601, a transceiver 2603, and optionally a memory 2602.
  • the processor 2601, the memory 2602 and transceiver 2603 are connected to each other through bus 2604.
  • the memory 2602 includes random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable read only memory (EPROM), or portable read-only memory (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), the memory 2602 is used to store related instructions and data.
  • the transceiver 2603 is used to receive and transmit data.
  • the processor 2601 may be one or more central processing units (central processing units, CPUs).
  • CPUs central processing units
  • the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the processor 2601 in the network device 2600 reads the computer program stored in the memory 2602 to perform the following operations:
  • the transceiver 2603 receives third information from the terminal device, where the third information is used to indicate that the terminal device does not use the configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the third information includes a first time, and the third information indicates that the configuration information in the configuration information set is not used within the first time.
  • the processor 2601 is further configured to send indication information to the terminal device through the transceiver 2603, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device before the second time point
  • the third information is sent to the network device when no uplink data arrives, and the second time is a time point before one configuration information in the configuration information set.
  • the processor 2601 is further configured to receive first information from the terminal device through the transceiver 2603, where the first information is used to indicate target configuration information, and/or Or configuration information other than the target configuration information in the configuration information set, where the target configuration information is one configuration information in the configuration set.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, a memory, and an interface circuit, the memory, the transceiver, and the at least one processor are interconnected by lines, and the at least one memory Instructions are stored in the ; when the instructions are executed by the processor, the method flow shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 13 is implemented.
  • Embodiments of the present application further provide a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a terminal device or a network device, the method flow shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 13 is implemented. .
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, when the computer program product runs on a terminal device or a network device, the method flow shown in FIG. 8 or FIG. 13 is realized.
  • the process can be completed by instructing the relevant hardware by a computer program, and the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the program When the program is executed , which may include the processes of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: ROM or random storage memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other mediums that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及相关设备，该方法包括：终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，然后从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息，其次向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，然后根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据，采用本申请实施例能够在配置授权调度中更好的平衡可靠性和资源利用率。

Description

一种通信方法及相关设备 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及相关设备。
背景技术
随着移动通信技术的不断发展，相比前几代的移动通信系统，人们对现有的移动通信系统在传输速率、时延以及功耗等方面都提出了要求，尤其在可靠性和时延方面有更高的需求。
对于上行数据传输，目前支持动态调度和配置授权(configured grant)调度。动态调度的一般实现流程为：终端设备如果有数据需要传输，则向网络设备发送请求信号，网络设备收到请求信号之后，向终端设备发送指示信息UL grant对终端设备进行调度；终端设备接收到指示信息UL grant之后，根据指示信息UL grant的指示传输上行数据。从以上流程可以发现，通过动态调度传输上行数据在传输数据之前需要“握手”，这将会导致较大的时延，可能无法满足超可靠低时延通信的需求。此外，每次数据传输前都需要指示信息UL grant进行调度，也会带来比较大的开销。
配置授权(configured grant)调度是通过网络设备提前给终端设备配置传输信息，包括传输数据所使用的资源，调制和解调方式(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)等等。终端设备如果有数据需要传输，则直接在已经配置好的资源上传输，不需要发送请求，从而能够有效降低传输时延。但是，在配置授权(configured grant)调度中，一般会在相对较长的时间内使用相同的时频资源，MCS等信息，不能很好的自适应于信道变化、业务需求。因此，相比于动态调度而言，配置授权(configured grant)调度无法同时在可靠性和资源利用率方面达到很好的平衡。因此，在配置授权调度中如何更好的平衡可靠性和资源利用率是本领域人员正在解决的技术问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例公开了一种通信方法及相关设备，能够在配置授权调度中更好的平衡可靠性和资源利用率。
本申请实施例第一方面公开了一种通信方法，包括：
接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合；
从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息；
向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息；
根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据。
在上述方法中，通过从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息之后，向网络设备发送第一信息的方式，显示的通知网络设备终端设备选择的目标配置信息，从而可以释放配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息，相应的，网络设备接收到第一信息之后，可以将 该配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息调度给其他的终端设备使用，能够提高资源的利用率。而且，终端设备可以根据其自身需求，从配置信息集合中选择满足通信需求的目标配置信息，能够在资源利用率和传输需求之间取得平衡。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还用于指示第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
在上述方法中，通过第一信息包括第一时间或者指示第一时间，能够避免终端设备在每一个周期向网络设备发送第一信息，第一信息能够指示终端设备在第一时间内不需要向网络设备发送第一信息，也就是说终端设备在第一时间内都根据目标配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据，从而节省了第一信息的发送频率，一方面节省了终端设备的资源，例如功率等，另一方面，可以节省发送第一信息所需要的时频资源。而且，相应的，网络设备在此时间之内，也不需要检测第一信息，也能够节省网络设备检测信息所需资源。同时，能够减少发送第一信息对其他用户带来的干扰。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，接收来自所述网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息，包括：从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息，包括：根据第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在上述方法中，通过根据传输实际情况(信道状态或者上下行数据传输需求)从配置信息集合中选择合适的目标配置信息的方式，能够很好的适应信道变化、业务需求等等，从而及时调整传输状态，在传输可靠性和资源利用率上达到一个较好的平衡。在又一种可能的实现方式中，接收来自所述网络设备的所述第二信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。在上述方法中，选择目标配置信息的第二信息来源于网络设备。由于本发明是针对上行数据链路传输，因此，网络设备相比于终端设备有更多的上行链路传输信息。通过网络设备给终端设备配置第二信息，能够更切合实际传输状态，选择更为合理的目标配置信息，进而提高资源利用率。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述向所述网络设备发送第一信息包括：若所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第一时刻之前，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在上述方法中，提供了一种根据数据包到达时刻发送第一信息的方法。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述向所述网络设备发送第一信息，包括：在第二时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系或者与所述配置信息集合有关系。在上述方法中，通过根据目标配置信息确定发送第一信息的时频资源的方式，能够合理的利用时频资源。终端设备通过第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息或者配置信息集合的关系能够确定第二时频资源，节省了网络设备用于配置第二 时频资源的信令开销。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：接收来自所述网络设备的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。在上述方法中，通过接收来自网络设备的第四信息从而确定发送第一信息的时频资源的方式，能够更加灵活的选择合适的时频资源用于发送第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述向所述网络设备发送第一信息，包括：在第四时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。在上述方法中，通过在预分配用于发送UCI的时频资源上发送第一信息方式，能够将资源利用率达到最大化，不需要额外给第一信息配置时频资源，能够节省时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述向所述网络设备发送第一信息，包括：第一信息包括在UCI中。在上述方法中，通过UCI可以包括第一信息，可以利用UCI中不同的状态来反馈第一信息，进而能够节省用于发送第一信息的资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，终端设备还用于接收第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，终端设备发送第一信息。可选的，终端设备接收的第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级高于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，终端设备还用于接收第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，终端设备发送UCI。可选的，终端设备接收的第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级低于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和/或第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。此外，当终端设备发送UCI时，优先保证了上行链路控制信息UCI的发送，能够降低由于UCI推迟或者没有发送导致的系统性能损失。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。此外，通过此方法，允许UCI和第一信息同时发送。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，终端设备还用于接收第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，发送第一信息。可选的，终端设备接收的第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级高于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，终端设备还用于接收第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中发送上行链路控制信息UCI。可选的，终端设备接收的第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级低于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和/或第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。而且，终端设备向网络设备发送上行链路控制信息或者发送第一信息是通过网络设备指示的，网络设备可以根据第六指示信息更加灵活的确定终端设备应该可以发送哪个信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI信息和第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。此外，通过此方法，允许UCI和第一信息同时发送。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，终端设备还用于接收第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，发送第一信息。可选的，终端设备接收的第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级高于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，终端设备还用于接收第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，发送UCI。可选的，终端设备接收的第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级低于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源 和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和/或第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。而且，终端设备向网络设备发送上行链路控制信息或者发送第一信息是通过网络设备指示的，网络设备可以根据更加灵活的确定终端设备应该可以发送哪个信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。通过上述方法，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。
本申请实施例第二方面公开了一种通信方法，包括：
向终端设备发送配置信息集合；
接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述配置信息集合包括所述目标配置信息；
根据所述目标配置信息，接收来自所述终端设备的上行数据。
在上述方法中，通过接收来自终端设备的第一信息，能够确定终端设备选择的目标配置信息，从而释放配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息的资源，并且将配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息的资源调度给其他终端设备，从而提高资源的利用率。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息还用于指示第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
在上述方法中，通过第一信息包括第一时间或者指示第一时间，能够避免终端设备在每一个周期向网络设备发送第一信息，第一信息能够指示终端设备在第一时间内不需要向网络设备发送第一信息，也就是说终端设备在第一时间内都根据目标配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据，从而节省了第一信息的发送频率，一方面节省了终端设备的资源，例如功率等，另一方面，可以节省发送第一信息所需要的时频资源。而且，相应的，网络设备在此时间之内，也不需要检测第一信息，也能够节省网络设备检测信息所需资源。同时，能够减少发送第一信息对其他用户带来的干扰。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，向所述终端设备发送下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述激活的配置信息用于所述终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。在上述方法中，终端设备根据传输实际情况(信道状态或者上下行数据传输需求)从配置 信息集合中选择合适的目标配置信息的方式，能够很好的适应信道变化、业务需求等等，从而及时调整传输状态，在传输可靠性和资源利用率上达到一个较好的平衡。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。在上述方法中，选择目标配置信息的第二信息来源于网络设备。由于本发明是针对上行数据链路传输，因此，网络设备相比于终端设备有更多的上行链路传输信息。通过网络设备给终端设备配置第二信息，能够更切合实际传输状态，选择更为合理的目标配置信息，进而提高资源利用率。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，包括：在第二时频资源上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系或者与所述配置信息集合有关系。在上述方法中，通过根据目标配置信息确定发送第一信息的时频资源的方式，能够合理的利用时频资源。终端设备通过第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息或者配置信息集合的关系能够确定第二时频资源，节省了网络设备用于配置第二时频资源的信令开销。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：向所述终端设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。在上述方法中，通过向终端设备发送第四信息从而确定终端设备发送第一信息的时频资源的方式，能够更加灵活的选择合适的时频资源用于发送第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，包括：在第四时频资源上接收来自终端设备的所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。在上述方法中，通过在预分配用于发送UCI的时频资源上接收第一信息方式，能够将资源利用率达到最大化，不需要额外给第一信息配置时频资源，能够节省时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，包括：所述第一信息包括在UCI中。在上述方法中，通过UCI可以包括第一信息，终端设备可以利用UCI中不同的状态来反馈第一信息，进而能够节省用于发送第一信息的资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，网络设备还向终端设备发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，终端设备发送第一信息。可选的，该第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级高于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，网 络设备还向终端设备发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示终端设备在上述情况中终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI。可选的，该第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级低于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和/或第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。此外，优先保证了上行链路控制信息UCI的发送，能够降低由于UCI推迟或者没有发送导致的系统性能损失。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。此外，通过此方法，允许UCI和第一信息同时发送。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，网络设备还用于发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，终端设备发送第一信息。可选的，网络设备发送的第六指示信息还可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级高于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，网络设备还用于发送第六指示信息，第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI。可选的，网络设备发送的第六指示信息还可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级低于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和/或第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。而且网络设备可以通过发送第六指示信息的方式更加灵活的确定终端设备应该可以发送哪个信息，即发送UCI或者第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI信息和第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了 网络设备资源。此外，通过此方法，允许UCI和第一信息同时发送。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选择的，网络设备还用于发送第六指示信息，第六指示信息用于指示终端设备在该情况中发送第一信息。可选的，第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息优先级高于上行链路控制信息UCI。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。可选的，网络设备还用于发送第六指示信息，第六指示信息用于指示终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI。可选的，第六指示信息可以是优先级，该第六指示信息用于指示第一信息的优先级低于上行链路控制信息。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和/或第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。而且网络设备可以通过发送第六指示信息的方式更加灵活的确定终端设备应该可以发送哪个信息，即发送UCI或者第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。通过上述方法，终端设备可以确定当第二时频资源和第五时频资源、或第三时频资源和第五时频资源重叠时的行为，相应的，网络设备在接收UCI和第一信息时，不需要盲检测，节省了网络设备资源。
本申请实施例第三方面公开了一种通信方法，包括：
接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
若第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达，向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在上述方法中，若在第二时刻之前未有数据到达，终端设备向网络设备发送第三信息，以指示终端设备未使用配置信息集合中的配置信息，相应的，网络设备接收到第三信息之后，能够确定终端设备未使用配置信息集合中的配置信息，然后释放配置信息集合中的配置信息，并将该配置信息集合中的配置信息分配给其他的终端设备，从而提高资源利用率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间或者指示第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在上述方法中，通过第三信息包括第一时间的方式，能够避免终端设备在每一个周期 向网络设备发送第三信息，第三信息能够指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，也就是说终端设备在第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，从而节省了第一信息的发送频率，节约资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：接收来自网络设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二时刻。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：若所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第二时刻之前，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。也就是说，当上行数据到达的时刻在第二时刻之前时，终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示终端设备从配置信息集合中选择的目标配置信息、或者指示配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息，相应的，网络设备接收到第一信息之后，可以将该配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息调度给其他的终端设备使用，能够提高资源的利用率。而且，终端设备可以根据其自身需求，从配置信息集合中选择满足通信需求的目标配置信息，能够在资源利用率和传输需求之间取得平衡。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述方法还包括：若所述上行数据到达的时刻在第二时间间隔之中，则不在第一周期的开始时刻开始传输所述上行数据，所述第二时间间隔为所述第二时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻之间的一段时间，所述第一配置信息为所述配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息，所述第一周期为发送配置信息集合的连续的几个周期中的一个周期。可选的，第二时间间隔的结束时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻相同。
本申请实施例第四方面公开了一种通信方法，包括：
向终端设备发送配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在上述方法中，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息之后，能够根据第三信息确定终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，网络设备释放配置信息集合中的配置信息的资源，并将配置信息结合中的配置信息的资源调度给其他终端设备，提高资源利用率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间或者指示第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在上述方法中，通过第三信息包括第一时间的方式，能够避免终端设备在每一个周期向网络设备发送第三信息，第三信息能够指示终端设备在第一时间内不需要向网络设备发送第三信息，也就是说终端设备在第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，从而节省了第三信息的发送频率，节约资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，向所述终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达时向所述网络设备发送所述第三信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述 目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
本申请实施例第五方面公开了一种终端设备，包括：
通信单元，用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合；
处理单元，用于从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息；
所述通信单元，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息；
所述通信单元，还用于根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述处理单元，还用于从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元，还用于根据第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的所述第二信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第一时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于在第二时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于在第四时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
关于第五方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第六方面公开了一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，用于通过通信单元向终端设备发送配置信息集合；
所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述配置信息集合包括所述目标配置信息；
所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元根据所述目标配置信息，接收来自所述终端 设备的上行数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述激活的配置信息用于所述终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于在第二时频资源上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于在第四时频资源上接收来自终端设备的所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
关于第六方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第七方面公开了一种终端设备，包括：
处理单元，用于通过通信单元接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二时刻。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第二时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信 息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于在所述上行数据到达的时刻在第二时间间隔之中的情况下，则不在第一周期的开始时刻开始传输所述上行数据，所述第二时间间隔为所述第二时刻第一配置信息的起始时刻之间的一段时间，所述第一配置信息为所述配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息，所述第一周期为发送配置信息集合的连续的几个周期中的一个周期。可选的，第二时间间隔的结束时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻相同。
关于第七方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第八方面公开了一种网络设备，包括：
处理单元，通过通信单元向终端设备发送配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达时向所述设备发送所述第三信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
关于第八方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第四方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第九方面公开了一种终端设备，包括至少一个处理器和收发器，其中，所述至少一个处理器用于通过所述收发器与其它设备通信，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机程序，执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合；
从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息；
通过所述收发器向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息；
通过所述收发器根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器接收来自所述网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于根据第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器接收来自所述网络设备的所述第二信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第一时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在第二时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器接收来自所述网络设备的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在第四时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在又一种可能的实现方式中，当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息 UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
关于第九方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第一方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第十方面公开了一种网络设备，包括至少一个处理器和收发器，其中，所述至少一个处理器用于通过所述收发器与其它设备通信，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机程序，执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器向终端设备发送配置信息集合；
通过所述收发器接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述配置信息集合包括所述目标配置信息；
通过所述收发器根据所述目标配置信息，接收来自所述终端设备的上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器向所述终端设备发送下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述激活的配置信息用于所述终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可 靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在第二时频资源上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器向所述终端设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在第四时频资源上接收来自终端设备的所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第二时频资源或所述第三时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在所述第五时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控 制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器当所述第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或所述第三时频资源与所述第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，在第六时频资源上接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一信息和所述上行链路控制信息UCI，所述第五时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
关于第十方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第二方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第十一方面公开了一种终端设备，包括至少一个处理器和收发器，其中，所述至少一个处理器用于通过所述收发器与其它设备通信，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机程序，执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
通过所述收发器在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达情况下，向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器接收来自网络设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二时刻。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第二时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器在所述上行数据到达的时刻在第二时间间隔之中的情况下，则不在第一周期的开始时刻开始传输所述上行数据，所述第二时间间隔为所述第二时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻之间的一段时间，所述第一配置信息为所述配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息，所述第一周期为发送配置信息 集合的连续的几个周期中的一个周期。可选的，第二时间间隔的结束时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻相同。
关于第十一方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第三方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第十二方面公开了一种网络设备，包括至少一个处理器和收发器，其中，所述至少一个处理器用于通过所述收发器与其它设备通信，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序，所述处理器用于调用所述计算机程序，执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器向终端设备发送配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
通过所述收发器接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器向所述终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达时向所述设备发送所述第三信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器，还用于通过所述收发器接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
关于第十二方面或可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果，可参考对于第四方面或相应的实施方式的技术效果的介绍。
本申请实施例第十三方面公开了一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面的方法。
本申请实施例第十四方面公开了提供了一种计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面的方法。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图；
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种配置授权调度类型1的示意图；
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种配置授权调度类型1的RRC信令的部分配置参数的示意图；
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种时频资源示意图；
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种配置授权调度类型2的示意图；
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种与配置授权调度类型2关联的部分配置参数的示意图；
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种信号与干扰加噪声比随时间变化示意图；
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种第一时刻的示意图；
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种第一时刻的示意图；
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种第一时间的示意图；
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种第二时频资源或第三时频资源与第五时频资源在时域上重叠的示意图；
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种第二时刻的示意图；
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种第二时刻的示意图；
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种上行数据到达时刻在第二时刻之前的示意图；
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种上行数据到达时刻在第二时间间隔之中的示意图；
图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法的流程示意图；
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图21是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图22是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图23是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图24是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图25是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图26是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面结合本申请实施例中的附图对本申请实施例进行描述。
请参见图1，图1是本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统1000的结构示意图，该通信系统1000可以包括网络设备1007与终端设备1001、终端设备1002、终端设备1003、终端设备1004、终端设备1005和终端设备1006。应理解，可以应用本申请实施例的方法的通信系统100中可以包括更多或者更少的网络设备或终端设备。网络设备和终端设备可以是硬件，也可以是从功能上划分的软件或者以上二者的结合。网络设备和终端设备之间可以通过其他设备或网元通信。在该通信系统中网络设备1007可以与为多个终端设备分配用于上行传输的资源，终端设备1001-终端设备1006可以根据分配的资源向网络设备1007发送上行数据。在本申请实施例中的方法可以应用于图1所示的通信系统1000中。
1)终端设备，包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具体的，包括向用户提供语音的设备，或包括向用户提供数据连通性的设备，或包括向用户提供语音和数据连通性的设备。例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与核心网进行通信，与RAN交换语音或数据，或与RAN交互语音和数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment，UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、设备到设备通信(device-to-device，D2D)终端设备、车到一切(vehicle to everything，V2X)终端设备、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications，M2M/MTC)终端设备、物联网(internet  of things，IoT)终端设备、轻型终端设备(light UE)、能力降低的用户设备(reduced capability UE，REDCAP UE)、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station)，移动站(mobile station)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point，AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如，可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)，具有移动终端设备的计算机，便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的移动装置等。例如，个人通信业务(personal communication service，PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备，例如功耗较低的设备，或存储能力有限的设备，或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备或智能穿戴式设备等，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。
而如上介绍的各种终端设备，如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内)，都可以认为是车载终端设备，车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit，OBU)。
本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为，能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。
2)网络设备，例如包括接入网(access network，AN)设备，例如基站(例如，接入点)，可以是指接入网中在空口通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备，或者例如，一种车到一切(vehicle-to-everything，V2X)技术中的网络设备为路侧单元(road side unit，RSU)。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换，作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。RSU可以是支持V2X应用的固定基础设施实体，可以与支持V2X应用的其他实体交换消息。网络设备还可协调对空口的属性管理。例如，网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced，LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation，5G)NR系统(也简称为NR系统)中的下一代节点B(next generation node B，gNB)或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network，Cloud RAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit，CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)，本申请实施例并不限定。
首先，对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。
(1)配置授权(configured grant)调度是指网络设备通过激活一次上行授权给终端设备， 在终端设备不收到去激活的情况下，将会一直使用第一次上行授权所指定的资源进行上行传输，其有两种传输类型：
配置授权调度类型1(configured grant type 1)：基本配置信息(包括时频资源，调制和编码方式(modulation and coding scheme，MCS)等)由无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)通过高层信令进行配置，不需要下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)激活，终端设备就可以使用该基本配置信息，具体如图2所示。如图3所示，图3表示配置授权调度类型1(configured grant type 1)的RRC信令的部分配置参数。网络设备通过RRC信令配置基本配置信息，终端设备可以按照周期T使用基本配置信息确定的传输状态(包括时频资源，调制和编码方式等)传输上行数据。终端设备可以按照周期T使用基本配置信息确定的传输状态(包括时频资源，调制和编码方式等)传输上行数据具体如下，其中以基本配置信息包括时频资源为例进行描述。如图4所示，图4表示时频资源示意图。每一个小方格代表一个时频资源块，灰色填充的方格是网络设备配置给终端设备用于传输上行数据的资源，在网络设备配置该时频资源之后，终端设备可以按照周期T使用该时频资源块，其中，周期T也是通过RRC信令配置的，对应图3中的变量periodicity。
配置授权调度类型2(configured grant type 2)：基本配置信息(包括时频资源，调制和编码方式等)由无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)通过高层信令进行配置，终端设备不能直接使用该基本配置信息给出的参数传输数据，还需要通过DCI激活该基本配置信息之后，才能够按照周期T使用该基本配置信息进行数据传输。与配置授权调度类型1的主要区别在于，配置授权调度类型2需要由DCI激活之后才可以使用基本配置信息，具体如图5所示。如图6所示，图6表示与配置授权调度类型2关联的部分配置参数。其中，周期T也是通过RRC信令配置的，对应图3中的变量periodicity。与配置授权调度类型1的另一个区别在于，配置授权调度类型1中的时频资源信息，调制和编码方式等信息是通过RRC信令配置的，如图3中的rrc-ConfiguradUplinkGrant->timeDomainAllocation和rrc-ConfiguradUplinkGrant->frequencyDomainAllocation用于配置type1使用的时频资源，但是配置授权调度类型2中的时频资源信息，调制和编码方式等信息通过激活的DCI指示，也就是说，对于授权调度类型2，传输的基本参数需要通过RRC信令和DCI指示信息联合确定。
(2)调制和编码方式(modulation and coding scheme，MCS):用于描述上行数据传输时采用的调制方式和码率。现有技术中，配置了调制和编码方式索引表格(modulation and coding scheme index table，MCS index table)，如表格1所示，表格1为一种调制和编码方式索引表格。表格1中，每一行对应一组调制阶数和码率。网络设备可以通过指示信息选择表格中的一行，进而通知终端设备传输数据采用的调制方式和码率。其中不同的调制阶数对应于不同的调制方式。例如，当调制阶数Qm＝2时，调制方式为正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying，QPSK)；当调制阶数Qm＝4，调制方式为包含16种符号的正交幅度调制(quadrature amplitude modulation，QAM)；当调制阶数Qm＝6，调制方式为包含64种符号的正交幅度调制；当调制阶数Qm＝8，调制方式为包含256种符号的正交幅度调制；一般情况下，可以通过MCS索引确定调制方式和码率。例如，网络设备通知终端设备MCS索引为3，则终端设备可以根据表格1确定，当调制阶数Qm＝2时，调制方 式为正交相移键控，码率为449/1024。为了能支持更广泛的应用，现有技术提供了三个表格。每个表格对应于不同的可靠性需求，具体选择哪个表格，可以由高层配置参数配置给终端设备。
表格1
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000002
(3)传输块大小(transport block size,TBS)的计算方法：在通信过程中，由媒体介入控制层(media access control，MAC)发往物理层的数据是以数据块的形式传输的。设备需要确定数据块中包含了多少数据，即确定数据块的大小，数据块的大小是指一定的资源上承载的数据量(比特数)。TBS的计算过程如下：首先确定一个时隙中的资源元素(resource element，RE)数N RE，利用公式
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000003
确定物理资源块(physical resource block，PRB)中分配给上行物理共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)或物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)的RE数，其中，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000004
表示一个PRB中频域上的载波数，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000005
表示一个时隙内分配给PUSCH或PDSCH调度的符号数，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000006
表示一个PRB中解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal，DMRS)所占的RE数，包括DMRS开销，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000007
是由高层参数PUSCH-ServingCellConfig中的xOverhead参数配置的开销。然后通过公式N RE＝min(156，N′ RE)·n PRB确定分配给PUSCH或PDSCH的RE总数，其中，n PRB是PRB总数。然后，通过公式N info＝N RE·R·Q m·v获得信息比特N info的中间数，其中，Qm为调制阶数，R为码率，v为使用层数。如果N info≤3824，通过公式
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000008
计算信息比特N info的中间值，其中，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000010
在协议中查表得到不小于N′ info最近的一个值作为TBS；如果N info>3824，通过公式
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000011
计算信息比特N info的中间值，其中，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000012
如果码率R≤1/4，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000013
其中，
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000014
否则的话
Figure PCTCN2020112613-appb-000015
如上所述，虽然配置授权(configured grant)调度能够有效的降低上行传输的时延和控制信令的开销，但是不能够自适应于实际情况，如，信道状态的变化，上行数据传输的需求等等。如图7所示，图7表示一种信号与干扰加噪声比随时间变化示意图，纵轴表示信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio，SINR)，横轴表示时间，信号与干扰加噪声比是指接收到的有用信号的强度与接收到的干扰信号(噪声和干扰)的强度的比值。配置授权调度是指网络设备通过激活一次上行授权给终端设备，在终端设备不收到去激活的情况下，将会一直使用第一次上行授权所指定的资源进行上行传输，从而节省开销，降低时延。因此，为了保证低时延和高可靠性，在选择调制和编码方式的时候，只能选择鲁棒性比较高的调制和编码方式，即图7中的保守的MCS，导致较低的频谱利用率。
而且网络设备不能够即时了解终端设备的上行数据的需求，例如上行业务的到达时刻、 上行数据的可靠性和上行数据的包大小等。因此，网络设备给终端设备半静态配置的传输参数只能选择最为保守的情况，以满足低时延高可靠性。但是，这样会导致资源的浪费以及资源的利用率低的情况。虽然现有技术支持网络设备给多个终端设备配置相同的资源，从而提高资源利用效率，但是，当多个终端设备同时有数据需要传输时，这样做可能会导致多个终端设备在相同的时频资源上传输数据，从而带来干扰，降低可靠性。因此在配置授权调度中如何更好的平衡可靠性和资源利用率是本领域人员正在解决的技术问题。
请参见图8，图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法，该方法包括：
步骤S801：网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息集合。
具体地，配置信息集合可以包括上行数据传输的时频资源、上行数据传输采用的MCS、上行数据传输采用的预编码矩阵和周期等等。在本实施例中，配置信息集合以上行数据传输的时频资源和上行数据传输采用的MCS为例进行描述，配置信息集合的其他参数也可以采用相同的方式实现。
在本实施例中，配置信息集合包括至少一个候选的时频资源和至少一个候选的MCS。例如，假设配置一中包括第一套配置和第二套配置，第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，也就是说该配置一中包括两个候选的时频资源和两个候选的MCS。配置二中包括第三套配置和第四套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，也就是说第三套配置中包括两个候选的时频资源和一个候选的MCS；第四套配置包括时频资源3、MCS1和MCS2，也就是说第四套配置中包括一个候选的时频资源和两个候选的MCS。那么该配置信息集合可以为配置一、配置二中的第三套配置、配置二中的第四套配置中的一项或者多项，例如，该配置信息集合为配置二中的第三套配置，即第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，然后网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息集合，即第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS。
步骤S802：终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合。
例如，假设配置信息集合为第三套配置，即第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，那么终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，即第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS。
步骤S803：终端设备从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
具体地，目标配置信息包括第一时频资源和/或调制和编码方式MCS。本实施例配置信息集合以上行数据传输的时频资源和上行数据传输采用的MCS为例进行描述，所以目标配置信息包括第一时频资源和/或调制和编码方式MCS，目标配置信息中也可以包括其他的参数，本申请实施例不做限定。
在一种实现方式中，终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，DCI用于激活配置信息集合中的配置信息；然后终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。可选的，在这种方式中，可以通过该DCI激活配置信息集合中的多个配置信息。这种方式对应配置授权调度类型2，当网络设备发送配置信息集合之后，还需要发送DCI激活配置信息集合中的配置信息，然后终端设备从激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息，然后根据目标配置信息传输上行数据。
在一种实现方式中，终端设备根据第二信息从该配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
具体地，第二信息可以包括信道的状态信息、上行数据的可靠性、上行数据的大小信息、上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。第二信息可以是由网络设备发送的，或者是协议规定的或者是终端设备的自我实现，本申请实施例不做限定。例如，当网络设备在发送配置信息集合时也发送了第二信息，假设配置信息集合为第一套配置和第二套配置，第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，第二信息为第一套配置对应的第一阈值，以及为第二套配置对应的第二阈值；若当前信道状态对应的值大于第一阈值，则第一套配置满足传输需求；若当前信道状态对应的值大于第二阈值，则第二套配置满足传输需求。当然，当前信道状态对应的值与第二信息也可以有其他的满足关系，例如，当前信道状态对应的值小于第一套配置对应的第一阈值，则认为第一套配置满足传输需求；当前信道状态对应的值小于第二套配置对应的第二阈值，则认为第二套配置满足传输需求，本申请实施例不做限定。
在一种示例中，以第二信息为信道的状态信息为例，终端设备根据信道的状态信息从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
具体地，终端设备需要根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(block error rate,BLER)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。当前信道的状态可以通过信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information-reference signal，CSI-RS)等参考信号先获得下行链路的信道状态，然后由于上下行链路的信道状态是对称的，终端设备可以通过下行链路的信道状态确定上行数据传输的信道的状态，即当前信道的状态。该上行数据传输的信道的状态为第二信息中的信道的状态信息，在获得当前信道的状态之后，需要根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR，根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR可以有多种实现方式，例如，网络设备可以给终端设备通过高层信令配置当前信道的状态和SINR的对应关系；又例如，通过终端设备实现，终端设备可以根据历史信息预测得到当前信道的状态和网络设备接收上行数据的SINR关系；需要指出的是，在某些场景中，例如干扰比较稳定的场景，或者全协作场景，干扰大小可控或者相对稳定，通过当前信道的状态获得SINR是可行的。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2。假设当前信道的状态为H，终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(BLER)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息的过程如下：第一套配置和第二套配置具有如下特征：
第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1，对应的信道的状态比较差，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S0时的配置，例如，S0＝0分贝(dB)；
第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，对应的信道的状态比较好，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S1时的配置，例如，S1＝10分贝(dB)。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的信道的状态信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的S0＝0dB，第二套配置信息对应的S1＝10dB，也就是说，当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为S0＝0dB，S1＝10dB。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝5dB，S大于第二信息S0＝0dB，且S小于第二信息S1＝10dB，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源或者较高的MCS传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用率；当信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源或者较低的MCS传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于第一套配置对应的第二信息S0＝0dB，SINR的值比较小，信道的状态比较差，需要的更多的传输资源传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性；第二套配置对应的第二信息S1＝10dB，SINR的值比较大，信道状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用率。因此，为了保证低时延高可靠性，在当前信道状态下S＝5db，SINR的值比较小，终端设备只能选择第一套配置传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝15dB，S大于第二信息S0＝0dB，且S大于第二信息S1＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源或者较高的MCS传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用效率；当信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源或者较低的MCS传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于第一套配置对应的第二信息S0＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道的状态比较差，需要更多的传输资源传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性；第二套配置对应的第二信息S1＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用率。由于S＝15dB，SINR的值比较大，当前信道的状态比较好，那么终端设备可以用较少的传输资源，就可以满足可靠性需求，且保证较高的资源利用率，因此，终端设备选择第二套配置传输上行数据，即时频资源2和MCS2为目标配置信息。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以根据不同的信道状态，选择不同的目标配置信息传输上行数据，从而可以更好的适应于信道状态，例如信道条件较好时，终端设备可以采用较高的MCS来传输相同大小的数据，提高资源的利用效率，而在信道条件较差时，也能够保证低时延高可靠性。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置二中的第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS。假设当前信道的状态为H，终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(bler)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息的过程如下：第三套配置具有如下特征：
时频资源1和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较差，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S0时的配置，例如，S0＝0分贝(dB)；
时频资源2和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较好，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S1时的配置，例如，S1＝10分贝(dB)。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的信道的状态信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的S0＝0dB，第二套配置信息对应的S1＝10dB，也就是说，当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为S0＝0dB，S1＝10dB。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝5dB，S 大于第二信息S0＝0db，且S小于第二信息S1＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用率；当信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于时频资源1和MCS对应的第二信息S0＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道的状态比较差，需要更多的传输资源传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性；时频资源2和MCS对应的第二信息S1＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用率。因此，为了保证低时延高可靠性，在当前信道状态下S＝5db，SINR的值比较小，终端设备只能选择时频资源1和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS为目标配置信息。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝15dB，S大于第二信息S0＝0db，且S大于第二信息S1＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源传输数据来保证较高的资源利用率；信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源来保证可靠性；相应的，由于时频资源1和MCS对应的第二信息S0＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道的状态比较差，需要更多的传输资源传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性；时频资源2和MCS对应的第二信息S1＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用率。由于S＝15dB，SINR的值比较大，当前信道的状态比较好，那么终端设备可以用较少的传输资源，就可以满足可靠性的需求，且保证较高的资源利用率，因此，终端设备选择时频资源2和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源2和MCS为目标配置信息。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以根据信道状态，在相同的MCS下选择合适的资源。例如，信道条件较好时，终端设备可以选择用较少的资源传输数据。信道条件较差时，可以使用更多的传输资源来保证可靠性，例如，在多余的资源上重复传输数据从而保证低时延高可靠性。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置二中的第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS。假设当前信道的状态为H，终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(bler)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息的过程如下：第三套配置具有如下特征：
时频资源1和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较好，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S0时的配置，例如，S0＝10分贝(dB)；
时频资源1+时频资源2(表示同时使用时频资源1和时频资源2)和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较差，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S1时的配置，例如，S1＝0分贝(dB)。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的信道的状态信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的S0＝10dB，第二套配置信息对应的S1＝0dB，也就是说，当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为S0＝10db，S1＝0db。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝5dB，S大于第二信息S1＝0db，且S小于第二信息S0＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用效率；当信道的状态较 差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于时频资源1和MCS对应的第二信息S0＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道的状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用效率；时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS对应的第二信息S1＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道状态比较差，需要更多的传输资源传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性。因此，为了保证低时延高可靠性，在当前信道状态下S＝5db，SINR的值比较小，终端设备需要更多的传输资源，选择时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS为目标配置信息。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝15dB，S大于第二信息S0＝10dB，且S大于第二信息S1＝0db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源传输数据来保证较高的资源利用率；当信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源来保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于时频资源1和MCS对应的第二信息S0＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道的状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用效率；时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS对应的第二信息S1＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道状态比较差，需要更多的传输资源传输数据满足数据传输的可靠性。由于S＝15dB，SINR的值比较大，当前信道的状态比较好，那么终端设备可以用较少的传输资源，就可以满足可靠性需求，且保证较高的资源利用率，那么终端设备选择时频资源1和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS为目标配置信息。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以根据信道状态，在相同的MCS下选择合适的资源。例如，信道条件较好时，终端设备可以选择用较少的资源传输数据。信道条件较差时，可以使用更多的传输资源来保证可靠性，例如，在多余的资源上重复传输数据从而保证低时延高可靠性。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置二中的第四套配置，第四套配置包括时频资源3、MCS1和MCS2。假设当前信道的状态为H，终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(BLER)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息的过程如下：第四套配置具有如下特征：
时频资源3和MCS1，对应的信道的状态比较差，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S0时的配置，例如，S0＝0分贝(dB)；
时频资源3和MCS2，对应的信道的状态比较好，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S1时的配置，例如，S1＝10分贝(dB)。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的信道状态信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的S0＝0dB，第二套配置信息对应的S1＝10dB，也就是说，当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为S0＝0dB，S1＝10dB。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝5dB，S大于第二信息S0＝0db，且S小于第二信息S1＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较高的MCS传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用率；信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用较低的MCS传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的， 由于时频资源3和MCS1对应的第二信息S＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道的状态比较差，可以使用较低的MCS传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；时频资源3和MCS2对应的第二信息S1＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道状态比较好，可以用较高的MCS传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用率。因此，为了保证低时延高可靠性，在当前信道状态下S＝5db，SINR的值比较小，终端设备只能选择时频资源3和MCS1传输上行数据，即时频资源3和MCS1为目标配置信息。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝15dB，S大于S0＝0db，且S大于S1＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较高的MCS传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用率；当信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以用较低的MCS传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于时频资源3和MCS1对应的第二信息S0＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道的状态比较差，需要更低的MCS传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性；时频资源3和MCS2对应的第二信息S1＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道状态比较好，需要更高的MCS传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用率。由于S＝15dB，SINR的值比较大，当前信道的状态比较好，那么终端设备可以用较高的MCS，就能够满足可靠性需求，且保证较高的资源利用率，那么终端设备选择时频资源3和MCS2传输上行数据，即时频资源3和MCS2为目标配置信息。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以根据信道状态，在相同的时频资源上选择不同的MCS传输数据，从而使终端设备在信道条件较好时能够传输更多的数据，提高资源利用率。
在又一种示例中，以第二信息为上行数据的可靠性为例，终端设备根据上行数据的可靠性从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
具体地，本实施例以上行数据有两种可靠性为例，例如，假设可靠性1对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较高，即，BLER＝10 -5，因此，需要采用较低的MCS或者更多的传输资源传输上行数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；可靠性2对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较低，即BLER＝10 -3，因此，需要采用更高的MCS或者更少的传输资源传输上行数据，从而保证数据传输的资源利用率。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2。第一套配置对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较高，即，BLER＝10 -5，第二套配置对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较低，即BLER＝10 -3。第一套配置和第二套配置对应的鲁棒性可以在网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息集合时指示给终端设备，或者网络设备通过隐式的方式指示给终端设备。例如，一种可能的隐式方式是，低MCS对应较高的鲁棒性，高MCS对应较低的鲁棒性。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的可靠性，例如，第一套配置对应的可靠性BLER＝10 -5，第二套配置对应的可靠性BLER＝10 -3，也就是说当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为BLER＝10 -5，BLER＝10 -3。
假若当前到达的上行数据的可靠性为BLER＝10 -5，当前到达的上行数据的可靠性BLER＝10 -5与第二信息BLER＝10 -5相同，那么选择第一套配置传输上行数据，即时频 资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息；假若当前到达的上行数据的可靠性为BLER＝10 -3，当前到达的上行数据的可靠性BLER＝10 -3与第二信息BLER＝10 -3相同，那么选择第二套配置传输上行数据，即时频资源2和MCS2为目标配置信息。
在上述方法中，终端设备可以根据上行数据的可靠性选择目标配置信息，对于可靠性低的上行数据可以使用更少的资源或者更高的的MCS来传输上行数据，从而提高资源利用率。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送配置二中的第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，或者假设网络设备向终端设备发送配置二中的第四套配置，第四套配置包括时频资源3、MCS1和MCS2，终端设备也可以采用同样的方式根据上行数据的可靠性从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息，此处不再赘述。
在又一种示例中，以第二信息为上行数据的大小信息为例，终端设备根据上行数据的大小信息从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
具体地，在不同时刻终端设备需要上传的上行数据的大小有差别的。例如，在时刻1，终端设备有32字节(byte)的上行数据需要传输；在时刻2，终端设备有100(byte)的上行数据需要传输。网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2。当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第一套配置对应的传输块大小为TB1＝50byte，也就是第二信息为TB1＝50byte，第二套配置对应的传输块大小为TB2＝150byte，第二信息为TB2＝150byte，也就是说第二信息为TB1＝50byte，TB2＝150byte。当第二信息由终端设备自我实现，终端设备在获得第一套配置后，根据时频资源1和MCS1以及传输块大小的计算方法确定第一套配置对应的传输块大小为TB1，其中TB1＝50byte；终端设备在获得第二套配置后，根据时频资源2和MCS2以及传输块大小的计算方法确定第二套配置对应的传输块大小为TB2，其中TB2＝150byte。也就是说上述第二信息为TB1＝50byte，TB2＝150byte。
也就是说第二信息为每套配置信息对应的上行数据的大小信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的TB1＝50byte，第二套配置信息对应的TB2＝150byte，第二信息TB1＝50byte，TB2＝150byte。
假设当前上行数据的大小为32byte，当前上行数据大小32byte小于第二信息TB1＝50byte，那么终端设备选择第一套配置传输该上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息。
假设当前上行数据的大小为100byte，当前上行数据大小100byte大于第二信息TB1＝50byte，且小于第二信息TB2＝150byte，那么终端设备选择第二套配置传输该上行数据，即时频资源2和MCS2为目标配置信息。
在上述方法中，终端设备根据上行数据的大小选择不同的传输资源或者不同的MCS传输数据。从而能够更有效的利用资源。例如，上行数据较小时，仅需要选择比较少的资源来传输数据，这样能够节省资源。
在又一种示例中，以第二信息为第一时刻为例，若上行数据到达的时刻在第一时刻之前，终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息。
可选的，第一时刻为一个时间点。可以通过周期和offset确定。例如周期为3个时隙，offset为3个符号。则表示第一时刻为每隔3个时隙上第三个符号所在的时刻。
可选的，第一时刻可以通过第一时间间隔和第一配置信息确定第一时刻。可选的，第一时刻为配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点，第一时刻和第一配置信息的起始时刻之间的时间为第一时间间隔，所述第一配置信息为配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息。可选的，第一时间间隔的结束时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻相同。
在一种示例中，假设配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，如图9所示，时频资源1对应的时域在时频资源2对应的时域之前，也就是说时频资源1为第一配置信息，那么第一时刻为时频资源1之前的一个时间点，第一时刻和时频资源1的起始时刻之间的时间为第一时间间隔T1，也就是说，第一时间间隔T1的结束时刻为时频资源1的起始时刻。假设配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，如图10所示，时频资源1对应的时域在时频资源2对应的时域相同，也就是说时频资源1或时频资源2为第一配置信息，那么第一时刻为时频资源1或者时频资源2之前的一个时间点，第一时刻和时频资源1的起始时刻之间的时间为第一时间间隔T2,也就是说，第一时间间隔T2的结束时刻为时频资源1或者时频资源2的起始时刻。
步骤S804：终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息。
具体地，该第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或信息集合中除该目标配置信息之外的配置信息，该第一信息在物理上行链路控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)上传输，或者在上行物理共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)上传输。
在一种示例中，该第一信息可以为目标配置信息。例如，时频资源2和MCS2为目标配置信息，则终端设备向网络设备发送包括时频资源2和MCS2的信息，相应的，网络设备根据该时频资源2和MCS2的信息能够确定时频资源2和MCS2。在又一种示例中，该第一信息可以为指示信息，用于指示目标配置信息。例如，假设由网络设备和终端设备预先定义好规则，配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，如果终端设备向网络设备发送0，0用于指示时频资源2和MCS2，相应的网络设备确定时频资源2和MCS2为目标配置信息；如果终端设备向网络设备发送1，1用于指示时频资源1和MCS1，相应的网络设备确定时频资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息。
在又一种示例中，该第一信息可以为配置信息集合中除该目标配置信息之外的配置信息。例如，假设配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，则终端设备向网络设备发送时频资源1和MCS1，网络设备接收到该时频资源1和MCS1之后，确定目标配置信息为时频资源2和MCS2；在又一种示例中，该第一信息可以为指示信息，用于指示配置信息集合中除该目标配置信息之外的配置信息。例如，假设配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，终端设备向网络设备发送0，0用于指示配置信息集合中 除目标配置信息之外的配置信息，即时频资源1和MCS1，相应的，网络设备确定目标配置信息为时频资源2和MCS2；终端设备向网络设备发送1，1用于指示配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息，即时频资源2和MCS2，相应的，网络设备确定目标配置信息为时频资源1和MCS1。
在一种实现方式中，第一信息包括第一时间或用于指示第一时间，第一信息用于指示在第一时间内根据目标配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据。
具体地，第一时间可以为连续的几个周期T，例如，如图11所示，第一时间为连续的5个周期，那么第一信息用于指示终端设备在连续的5个周期都根据该目标配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据。
可选的，第一时间可以为符号数，或者为时隙数目，或者为其他描述时间长度的参数，本申请实施例不做限定。
可选的，在第一时间之内，均采用目标配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据。本发明强调的是，在第一时间之内，发送数据采用的配置信息均为目标配置信息。但是具体发送的上行数据可以是相同的上行数据，也可以是不同的上行数据，不做规定。
通过这样的方式，能够避免终端设备在每一个周期都向网络设备发送第一信息，减少发送第一信息的频率，节约资源。
在一种实现方式中，终端设备在第二时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。具体地，第二时频资源与目标配置信息有关系。
在一种实现方式中，终端设备在第二时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。具体地，第二时频资源与配置信息集合有关系。
例如，第二时频资源的时域位置可以和配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息有确定的相对位置。
在一种实现方式中，终端设备在第二时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。具体地，第二时频资源与配置信息集合中第二配置信息有关系。
可选的，第二配置信息可以是配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息。可选的，第二配置信息可以是配置信息集合中时域最晚的配置信息。可选的，第二信息可以是配置信息集合中占用频域带宽最大的配置信息。
在上述方案中，可以通过配置的信息集合确定第二时频资源，不需要额外的指示信息。
在又一种实现方式中，终端设备接收来自网络设备的第四信息。
具体地，该第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，在一种示例中，第四信息可以为一个索引，相应的，根据这个索引确定第三时频资源，也可以有其他的指示方式，本申请实施例不做限定。相应的，终端设备可以根据第四信息确定第三时频资源，然后在第三时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。
在又一种实现方式中，终端设备在第四时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。具体地，该第四时频资源为预分配用于终端设备发送上行链路控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)的时频资源。当UCI为信道质量指示(channel quality indication,CQI)的时候，其中CQI是终端设备通过信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS测量下行链路的信道状态得到的，其中，通过信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS测量下行链路的信道状态，该下行链路的信道的状态信息 可以用于终端设备选择目标配置信息。也就是说，可以通过CQI信息，隐含通知选择的目标配置信息。在一种示例中，配置信息集合包括两个配置信息，分别是配置信息1和配置信息2。如果CQI信息指示的CQI的索引信息小于8时，表示目标配置信息为配置信息集合中的配置信息1，其他值表示目标配置信息为配置信息2。在又一种示例中，以配置信息集合中包括3个配置信息为例，分别是配置信息1、配置信息2和配置信息3。如果CQI信息指示的CQI的索引信息小于3表示目标配置信息为配置信息1，大于等于3小于8表示目标配置信息为配置信息2，其他情况表示目标配置信息为配置信息3。
通过这样的方式，第一信息可以隐含携带在UCI信息中，不需要额外的资源传输。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，当第二时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠、或第三时频资源与第五时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时：也就是说，当网络设备分配的用于发送第一信息的时频资源与分配用于发送UCI的时频资源在时域或者频域上重叠时，如图12所示，图12表示第二时频资源或第三时频资源与第五时频资源在时域上重叠，其中第二时频资源或第三时频资源为网络设备分配的用于发送第一信息的时频资源，第五时频资源为网络设备分配用于发送UCI的时频资源。
一种示例中，终端设备在第二时频资源或第三时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。例如，终端设备可以接收第六指示信息，第六指示信息可以是网络设备发送的。第六指示信息指示在上述情况中(即发送第一信息的资源和发送UCI的资源发生重叠情况下)，终端设备发送第一信息。可选的，第六指示信息可以是优先级，如果第六指示信息指示第一信息的优先级高于UCI的优先级，则终端设备在第二时频资源或第三时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第二时频资源或第三时频资源上向网络设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI。例如，终端设备接收第六指示信息，第六指示信息可以是网络设备发送的，第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况下终端设备发送UCI。可选的，第六指示信息可以是优先级，如果第六指示信息指示UCI的优先级高于第一信息的优先级，则终端设备在第二时频资源或第三时频资源上向网络设备发送UCI。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第二时频资源或第三时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息和上行链路控制信息UCI。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第五时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。例如，终端设备接收第六指示信息，第六指示信息可以是网络设备发送的。第六指示信息用于指示在该情况下终端设备发送第一信息。可选的，第六指示信息可以是优先级，如果第六指示信息指示第一信息的优先级高于UCI的优先级，则终端设备在第五时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第五时频资源上向网络设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI。例如，终端设备接收第六指示信息，第六指示信息可以是网络设备发送的。第六指示信息用于指示在该情况下，终端设备发送UCI。可选的，第六指示信息可以是优先级。如果第六指示信息指示UCI的优先级高于第一信息的优先级，则终端设备在第五时频资源上向网络设备发送UCI。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第五时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息和上行链路控制 信息UCI。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第六时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息，第六时频资源为新的时频资源，例如，终端设备接收第六指示信息，第六指示信息可以是网络设备发送的。第六指示信息用于指示在上述情况中，终端设备发送第一信息。可选的，第六信息可以是优先级，如果第六指示信息指示第一信息的优先级高于UCI的优先级，则终端设备在第六时频资源上发送第一信息。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第六时频资源上向网络设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI，第六时频资源为新的时频资源，例如，终端设备接收第六指示信息，第六指示信息可以是网络设备发送的。第六指示信息用于指示在该情况中，终端设备发送UCI。第六信息可以是优先级，如果第六指示信息指示UCI的优先级高于第一信息的优先级，则在第六时频资源上发送UCI。
又一种示例中，终端设备在第六时频资源上向网络设备发送第一信息和上行链路控制信息UCI，第六时频资源为新的时频资源。
步骤S805：网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息之后，释放配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息的资源。
例如，假设配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，目标配置信息为频资源1和MCS1，那么网络设备释放时频资源2和MCS2的资源。
在一种实现方式中，网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息之后，将配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息的资源分配给其他终端设备。
例如，假设配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，目标配置信息为频资源1和MCS1，那么网络设备将时频资源2和MCS2分配给其他终端设备。
步骤S806：终端设备根据目标配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据。
例如，目标配置信息为时频资源1和MCS1，相应的，终端设备在时频资源1上采用MCS1的调制和编码方式向网络设备发送上行数据。
步骤S807：网络设备接收来自终端设备的上行数据。
请参见图13，图13是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法，该方法包括：
步骤S1301：网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息集合。
具体地，配置信息集合包括多个配置信息，可以包括上行数据传输的时频资源、上行数据传输采用的MCS、上行数据传输采用的预编码矩阵和周期等等。在本实施例中，配置信息集合以上行数据传输的时频资源和上行数据传输采用的MCS为例进行描述，配置信息集合的其他参数也可以采用相同的方式实现，具体可以参考步骤S801，此处不再赘述。
步骤S1302：终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合。
例如，假设配置信息集合为第三套配置，即第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，那么终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，即第三套配置，第三套配置包 括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS。
步骤S1303：若第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达，终端设备向所述网络设备发送第三信息。
具体地，第三信息用于指示终端设备未使用配置信息集合中的配置信息。
可选的，第二时刻为一个时间点。可以通过周期和offset确定。例如周期为3个时隙，offset为3个符号。则表示第二时刻为每隔3个时隙上第三个符号所在的时刻。
可选的，第二时刻为配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点，可以通过第一配置信息和第二时间间隔确定。第二时刻和所述第一配置信息的起始时刻之间的时间为第二时间间隔。所述第一配置信息为配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息。可选的，第二时间间隔的结束时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻相同。
在一种示例中，假设配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，如图14所示，时频资源1对应的时域在时频资源2对应的时域之前，也就是说时频资源1为第一配置信息，那么第二时刻为时频资源1之前的一个时间点，第二时刻和时频资源1的起始时刻之间的时间为第二时间间隔T3，也就是说第二时间间隔T3的结束时刻与时频资源1的起始时刻相同。假设配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，如图15所示，时频资源1对应的时域在时频资源2对应的时域相同，也就是说时频资源1或时频资源2为第一配置信息，那么第二时刻为时频资源1或者时频资源2之前的一个时间点，第二时刻和时频资源1或者时频资源2的起始时刻之间的时间为第二时间间隔T4，也就是说第二时间间隔T4的结束时刻与时频资源1或者时频资源2的起始时刻相同。
在一种实现方式中，第三信息包括第一时间，第三信息指示在第一时间内未使用配置信息集合中的配置信息。
具体地，第一时间可以为连续的几个周期T，例如如图11所示，第一时间为连续的5个周期，那么第三信息用于指示终端设备在连续的5个周期都未使用配置信息集合中的配置信息。
可选择的，第一时间可以为符号数，或者为时隙数目，或者为其他描述时间长度的参数，本申请实施例不做限定。
通过这样的方式，能够避免终端设备在每一个周期都向网络设备发送第三信息，减少发送第三信息的频率，节约资源。
在一种实现方式中，终端设备接收来自网络设备的指示信息。
具体地，该指示信息用于指示第二时刻。可选的，在一种示例中，该指示信息可以直接指示第二时刻，例如，指示信息直接指示第二时刻为第30秒，在又一种示例中，该指示信息可以间接的指示第二时刻，例如，该指示信息可以指示第二时间间隔，可以通过第二时间间隔确定第二时刻。可选的，第二时间间隔的起始时刻为第二时刻，例如，该指示信息指示第二时间间隔为第40秒至第50秒，可以通过第二时间间隔确定第二时刻为第40秒。
在一种实现方式中，若上行数据到达的时刻在第二时刻之前，终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息。
具体地，该第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除目标配置信 息之外的配置信息，目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
在一种示例中，如图16所示，假设上行数据到达的时刻为第30秒，配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，时频资源1对应的时域在时频资源2对应的时域之前，那么第二时刻为时频资源1之前的一个时间点。例如，第二时刻为第40秒，因为上行数据到达的时刻在第二时刻之前，那么终端设备向网络设备第一信息，该第一信息指示目标配置信息为时频资源1和MCS1，或者指示配置信息集合中除目标配置信息之外的配置信息为时频资源2和MCS2。
在一种可能的实现方式中，若上行数据到达的时刻在第二时间间隔之中，则不在第一周期的开始时刻开始传输所述上行数据，所述第二时间间隔为所述第二时刻与第一配置信息的起始时刻之间的一段时间，所述第一配置信息为所述配置信息集合中时域最早的配置信息，所述第一周期为发送配置信息集合的连续的几个周期中的一个周期。
具体地，如图17所示，假设发送配置信息集合的周期为连续的4个周期，第一个周期，第二个周期，第三个周期，第四个周期，以图17中时间横轴的方向为基准，第三个时频资源1和时频资源2对应的第二时间间隔T5为例进行描述，假设上行数据到达的时刻为第45秒，配置信息集合包括配置一和配置二，配置一包括时频资源1和MCS1，配置二包括时频资源2和MCS2，时频资源1对应的时域在时频资源2对应的时域之前，也就是说，时频资源1为第一配置信息，那么第二时刻为时频资源1之前的一个时间点，第二时间间隔T5为第二时刻与时频资源1的起始时刻之间的一段时间，也就是说第二时间间隔T5的结束时刻与时频资源1的起始时刻相同。例如，第二时间间隔T5为第40秒-第50秒，由于上行数据到达的时刻为第45秒在第二时间间隔T5第40秒-第50秒之中，那么终端设备不在第一周期的开始时刻，也就是图17中的第三个周期的开始时刻，也就是第50秒传输上行数据。
步骤S1304：网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三信息。
请参见图18，图18是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信方法，该方法包括：
步骤S1801：网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息集合。
具体地，该配置信息集合中的至少一个配置信息关联一个第五信息，例如，该第五信息可以优先级信息。配置信息集合可以包括上行数据传输的时频资源、上行数据传输采用的MCS、上行数据传输采用的预编码矩阵和周期等等。在本实施例中，配置信息集合以上行数据传输的时频资源和上行数据传输采用的MCS为例进行描述，配置信息集合的其他参数也可以采用相同的方式实现。
在本实施例中，配置信息集合包括至少一个候选的时频资源和至少一个候选的MCS。例如，假设配置一中包括第一套配置和第二套配置，第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，也就是说该配置一中包括两个候选的时频资源和两个候选的MCS，第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置。配置二中包括第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，也就是说第三套配置中包括两个候选的时频资源和一个候选的MCS，其中，时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2。那么该配置信息集合可以为配置一和/或配置二中的第三套配置，例如，该配置信息集合为配置二中的第三套配 置，即第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，且时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2，然后网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息集合，即第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，以及时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2。
步骤S1802：终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合。
例如，假设配置信息集合为第三套配置，即第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，且时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2，那么终端设备接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，即第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，以及时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2。
在一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备接收来自网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，该DCI用于激活配置信息集合中的配置信息；然后终端设备根据优先级从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。这种方式对应配置授权调度类型2，当网络设备发送配置信息集合之后，还需要发送DCI激活配置信息集合中的配置信息，然后终端设备从激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息，然后根据目标配置信息传输上行数据。
步骤S1803：终端设备根据第五信息从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
具体地，第五信息可以为优先级信息，目标配置信息包括第一时频资源和/或调制和编码方式MCS。本实施例配置信息集合以上行数据传输的时频资源和上行数据传输采用的MCS为例进行描述，所以目标配置信息包括第一时频资源和/或调制和编码方式MCS，目标配置信息中也可以包括其他的参数，本申请实施例不做限定。
具体地，优先级的具体含义是：在满足第二信息中的传输需求情况下，终端设备优先选择优先级较高的配置信息传输数据。例如，假设配置一中包括第一套配置和第二套配置，第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置。配置二中包括第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，其中，时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2。对于配置一中，如果两套配置均满足传输需求，则选择优先级较高的那一套。如果仅有一套配置满足传输需求，则选择满足需求的那一套配置为目标配置信息。
对于配置一，如果第一套配置能够满足第二信息中的传输需求，则选择第一套配置，即目标配置信息为时频资源1和MCS1。对于配置二，有两种可选择的方式。第一种方式是：若时频资源1能够满足第二信息中的传输需求，则选择时频资源1和MCS为目标配置信息，如果时频资源1不能满足第二信息中的传输需求，则选择时频资源2和MCS为目标配置信息；第二种方式是：若时频资源1能够满足第二信息中的传输需求，则选择时频资源1和MCS为目标配置信息，如果时频资源1不能满足第二信息中的传输需求，则选择时频资源1和时频资源2以及MCS为目标配置信息。满足传输需求可以是指：在一种示例中，假设配置信息集合为第一套配置和第二套配置，第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，第二信息为第一套配置对应的第一阈值，以及为第二套配置对应的第二阈值；若当前信道状态对应的值大于第一阈值，则第一套配置满足传输需求；若当前信道状态对应的值大于第二阈值，则第二套配置满足传输需求。当然，当前信道状态对应的值与第二信息也可以有其他的满足关系，例如，当前信道状态对应的值小于第一套配置对应的第一阈值，则认为第一套配置满足传输需求；当前信道状态对应的值 小于第二套配置对应的第二阈值，则认为第二套配置满足传输需求，本申请实施例不做限定。
通过这样的方式，在均满足传输需求的情况下，选择优先级较高的对应的配置信息传输数据。因此，对应优先级较低的配置信息使用的概率小于优先级较高的配置信息，因此，网络设备可以选择将优先级较低的对应的配置信息配置给多个用户，这样发生冲突的概率比较小。
在一种实现方式中，终端设备根据第二信息和第五信息从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
具体地，在一种示例中，第五信息可以为优先级信息，第二信息可以是由网络设备发送的，或者是协议规定的，本申请实施例不做限定。第二信息可以包括信道的状态信息、上行数据的可靠性、上行数据的大小信息、上行数据的到达时间和传输需求中的一项或者多项。
在一种示例中，以第二信息为信道的状态信息为例，终端设备根据信道的状态信息和第五信息从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。下面以第五信息为优先级信息为例进行描述。
具体地，终端设备需要根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(BLER)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。当前信道的状态可以通过信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS等参考信号先获得下行链路的信道状态，然后由于上下行链路的信道状态是对称的，终端设备可以通过下行链路的信道状态确定上行数据传输的信道的状态，即当前信道的状态。在获得当前信道的状态之后，需要根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR，根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR可以有多种实现方式，例如，网络设备可以给终端设备通过高层信令配置当前信道的状态和SINR的对应关系；又例如，通过终端设备实现，终端设备可以根据历史信息预测得到当前信道的状态和网络设备接收上行数据的SINR关系；需要指出的是，在某些场景中，例如干扰比较稳定的场景，或者全协作场景，干扰大小可控或者相对稳定，通过当前信道的状态获得SINR是可行的。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，且第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置。假设当前信道的状态为H，终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(BLER)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息的过程如下：第一套配置和第二套配置具有如下特征：
第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1，对应的信道的状态比较差，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S0时的配置，例如，S0＝0分贝(dB)；
第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2，对应的信道的状态比较好，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S1时的配置，例如，S1＝10分贝(dB)。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的信道的状态信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的S0＝0dB，第二套配置信息对应的S1＝10dB，也就是说，当第二信息由网络设备发送 的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为S0＝0dB，S1＝10dB。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝5dB，S大于第二信息S0＝0db，且S小于第二信息S1＝10db，在当前的信道条件下S＝5db，为了保证低时延高可靠性，终端设备只能选择第一套配置传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息。具体详细描述如步骤S803所述，此处不再赘述。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中的配置信息满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择优先级高的配置信息为目标配置信息。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝15dB，S大于第二信息S0＝0db，且S大于第二信息S1＝10db，第一套配置和第二套配置都满足第二信息中的传输需求，由于第一套的优先级高于第二套配置，那么终端设备选择第一套配置传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置二中的第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2。假设当前信道的状态为H，终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(bler)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息的过程如下：第三套配置具有如下特征：
时频资源1和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较好，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S0时的配置，例如，S0＝10分贝(dB)；
时频资源2和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较差，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S1时的配置，例如，S1＝0分贝(dB)。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中优先级高的配置信息不能满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择能满足第二信息中的传输需求的配置信息为目标配置信息。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的信道的状态信息，例如，时频资源1和MCS对应的S0＝10dB，时频资源2和MCS对应的S1＝0dB，也就是说，当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为S0＝10dB，S1＝0dB。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝5dB，S大于第二信息S1＝0db，且S小于S0＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用率；当信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于时频资源1和MCS对应的第二信息S0＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道的状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用率；时频资源2和MCS对应的第二信息S1＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道状态比较差，需要更多的传输资源传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性。因此，虽然时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2，但是在当前信道状态下，S＝5db，SINR的值比较小，为了保证低时延高可靠性，终端设备选择时频资源2和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源2和MCS为目标配置信息。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中的配置信息满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择优先级高的配置信息为目标配置信息。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝15dB，S大于第二信息S0＝10db，且S大于第二信息S1＝0db，时频资源1和MCS与时频资源2和MCS都满足第二信息中的传输需求，由于时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2，那么终端设备选择时频资源1和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS为目标配置信息。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置二中的第三套配置，第三套配置包括时频资源1、时频资源2和MCS，时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2。假设当前信道的状态为H，终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S，然后根据传输数据的目标误块率(BLER)从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息的过程如下：第三套配置具有如下特征：
时频资源1和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较好，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S0时的配置，例如，S0＝10分贝(dB)；
时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS：对应的信道的状态比较差，即网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S1时的配置，例如，S1＝0分贝(dB)。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中优先级高的配置信息不能满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择能满足第二信息中的传输需求的配置信息为目标配置信息。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的信道的状态信息，例如，时频资源1和MCS对应的S0＝10dB，时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS对应的S1＝0dB，也就是说，当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为S0＝10db，S1＝0db。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝5dB，S大于第二信息S1＝0db，且S小于第二信息S0＝10db，当信道的状态较好时，SINR的值比较大，可以选择用较少的资源传输数据，从而保证较高的资源利用率；信道的状态较差时，SINR的值比较小，可以使用更多的传输资源传输数据，从而保证数据传输的可靠性；相应的，由于时频资源1和MCS对应的第二信息S0＝10db，SINR的值比较大，信道的状态比较好，需要更少的传输资源传输数据从而保证较高的资源利用率；时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS对应的第二信息S1＝0db，SINR的值比较小，信道状态比较差，需要更多的传输资源传输数据从而保证数据传输的可靠性。因此，虽然时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2，但是在当前信道状态下，S＝5db，SINR的值比较小，为了保证低时延高可靠性，终端设备只能选择时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS为目标配置信息。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中的配置信息满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择优先级高的配置信息为目标配置信息。
假设终端设备根据当前信道的状态估计网络设备接收上行数据的SINR为S＝15dB，S大于第二信息S0＝10db，且S大于第二信息S1＝0db，时频资源1和MCS与时频资源1+时频资源2和MCS都满足第二信息中的传输需求，由于时频资源1的优先级高于时频资源2，那么终端设备选择时频资源1和MCS传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS为目标配置信息。
在又一种示例中，以第二信息为上行数据的可靠性为例，终端设备根据上行数据的可靠性和第五信息从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。以下以第五信息为优先级信息为例进行描述。
具体地，本实施例以上行数据有两种可靠性为例，例如，假设可靠性1对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较高，即，BLER＝10 -5，因此，需要采用较低的MCS或者更多的传输资源传输上行数据，从而保证可靠性；可靠性2对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较低，即BLER＝10 -3，因此，需要采用更高的MCS或者更少的传输资源传输上行数据，从而保证可靠性。
假设网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2和MCS2。第一套配置对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较低，即BLER＝10 -3，第二套配置对应于对上行数据的可靠性要求比较高，即，BLER＝10 -5，第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置。第一套配置和第二套配置对应的鲁棒性可以在网络设备向终端设备发送配置信息集合时指示给终端设备，或者网络设备通过隐式的方式指示给终端设备。例如，一种可能的隐式方式是，低MCS对应较高的鲁棒性，高MCS对应较低的鲁棒性。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中优先级高的配置信息不能满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择能满足第二信息中的传输需求的配置信息为目标配置信息。
也就是说，第二信息为每套配置信息对应的可靠性，例如，第一套配置对应的可靠性BLER＝10 -3，第二套配置对应的可靠性BLER＝10 -5，也就是说当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第二信息为BLER＝10 -3，BLER＝10 -5。
假若当前到达的上行数据的可靠性为BLER＝10 -5，第一套配置对应的第二信息为BLER＝10 -3，虽然第一套配置优先级高于第二套配置，但第一套配置无法满足第二信息中的传输需求，那么终端设备只能选择第二套配置传输上行数据，即时频资源2和MCS2为目标配置信息。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中的配置信息满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择优先级高的配置信息为目标配置信息。
假若当前到达的上行数据的可靠性为BLER＝10 -3，当前到达的上行数据的可靠性为BLER＝10 -3与第二信息BLER＝10 -3，BLER＝10 -5进行比较，第一套配置和第二套配置都满足第二信息中的传输需求，但是由于第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置，那么终端设备选择第一套配置传输上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息。
在又一种示例中，以第二信息为上行数据的大小信息为例，终端设备根据上行数据的大小信息和第五信息从配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。以下以第五信息为优先级信息为例进行描述。
具体地，在不同时刻终端设备需要上传的上行数据的大小有差别的。例如，在时刻1，终端设备有32字节(byte)的上行数据需要传输；在时刻2，终端设备有100(byte)的上行数据需要传输。网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合为配置一，该配置一包括第一套配置和第二套配置，该第一套配置包括时频资源1和MCS1；第二套配置包括时频资源2 和MCS2，且通知终端设备第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置。当第二信息由网络设备发送的时候，网络设备会通知终端设备第一套配置对应的传输块大小为TB1＝50byte，也就是第二信息为TB1＝50byte，第二套配置对应的传输块大小为TB2＝150byte，第二信息为TB2＝150byte，也就是说第二信息为TB1＝50byte，TB2＝150byte。当第二信息由终端设备自我实现，终端设备在获得第一套配置后，根据时频资源1和MCS1以及传输块大小的计算方法确定第一套配置对应的传输块大小为TB1，其中TB1＝50byte；终端设备在获得第二套配置后，根据时频资源2和MCS2以及传输块大小的计算方法确定第二套配置对应的传输块大小为TB2，其中TB2＝150byte，且确定第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置，也就是说第二信息为TB1＝50byte，TB2＝150byte。
也就是说第二信息为每套配置信息对应的上行数据的大小信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的TB1＝50byte，第二套配置信息对应的TB2＝150byte，第二信息TB1＝50byte，TB2＝150byte。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中的配置信息满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择优先级高的配置信息为目标配置信息。
也就是说第二信息为每套配置信息对应的上行数据的大小信息，例如，第一套配置信息对应的TB1＝50byte，第二套配置信息对应的TB2＝150byte，假设当前上行数据的大小为32byte，当前上行数据大小32byte小于第二信息TB1＝50byte，且小于第二信息TB2＝150byte，第一套配置的第二套配置都能满足第二信息中的传输需求，但是由于第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置，那么终端设备选择第一套配置传输该上行数据，即时频资源1和MCS1为目标配置信息。
在一种实现方式中，在配置信息集合中优先级高的配置信息不能满足第二信息中的传输需求的情况下，选择能满足第二信息中的传输需求的配置信息为目标配置信息。
假设当前上行数据的大小为100byte，由于当前上行数据的大小为100byte大于第二信息TB1＝50byte，第一套配置无法满足第二信息中的传输需求，由于当前上行数据的大小为100byte小于第二信息TB2＝150byte，第二套满足第二信息中的传输需求，虽然第一套配置的优先级高于第二套配置，但是终端设备选择第二套配置传输该上行数据，即时频资源2和MCS2为目标配置信息。
步骤S1804：终端设备根据目标配置信息向网络设备发送上行数据。
该步骤可以参考步骤S806，此处不再赘述。
步骤S1805：网络设备接收来自终端设备的上行数据。
在上述方法中，网络设备向终端设备发送的配置信息集合中，包括第五信息，该第五信息可以为优先级，在满足传输需求的情况下，终端设备优先选择优先级较高的配置信息传输上行数据。因此，相比较于优先级较高的配置信息，优先级较低的配置信息使用的概率比较低。那么网络设备可以将优先级低对应的资源配置给多个终端设备复用，提高资源的利用效率。
上述详细阐述了本申请实施例的方法，下面提供了本申请实施例的装置。
请参见图19，图19是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备1900的结构示意图，该终端 设备1900可以包括通信单元1901和处理单元1902，其中，各个单元的详细描述如下。
通信单元1901，用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合；
处理单元1902，用于从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息；
所述通信单元1901，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息；
所述通信单元1901，还用于根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元1901，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述处理单元1902，还用于从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理单元1902，还用于根据第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元1901，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的所述第二信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元1901，还用于在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第一时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元1901，还用于在第二时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元1901，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元1901，还用于在第四时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
需要说明的是，各个单元的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图8所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
请参见图20，图20是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备2000的结构示意图，该网络设备2000可以包括处理单元2001和通信单元2002，其中，各个单元的详细描述如下。
处理单元2001，用于通过通信单元2002向终端设备发送配置信息集合；
所述处理单元2001，还用于通过所述通信单元2002接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述配置信息集合包括所述目标配置信息；
所述处理单元2001，还用于通过所述通信单元2002根据所述目标配置信息，接收来 自所述终端设备的上行数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2002，还用于向所述终端设备发送下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述激活的配置信息用于所述终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2002，还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2002，还用于在第二时频资源上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2002，还用于向所述终端设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2002，还用于在第四时频资源上接收来自终端设备的所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
需要说明的是，各个单元的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图8所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
请参见图21，图21是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备2100的结构示意图，该终端设备2100可以包括处理单元2101和通信单元2102，其中，各个单元的详细描述如下。
处理单元2101，用于通过通信单元2102接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
所述处理单元2101，还用于通过所述通信单元2102在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2102，还用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二时刻。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2102，还用于在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第二时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配 置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
需要说明的是，各个单元的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图13所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
请参见图22，图22是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备2200的结构示意图，该网络设备2200可以包括处理单元2201和通信单元2202，其中，各个单元的详细描述如下。
处理单元2201，通过通信单元2202向终端设备发送配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
所述处理单元2201，还用于通过所述通信单元2202接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2202，还用于向所述终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达时向所述设备发送所述第三信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述通信单元2202，还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
需要说明的是，各个单元的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图13所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
请参见图23，图23是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备2300，该终端设备2300包括处理器2301和收发器2303，可选的，还包括存储器2302，所述处理器2301、存储器2302和收发器2303通过总线2304相互连接。
存储器2302包括随机存储记忆体(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory，EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)，该存储器2302用于存储相关指令及数据。收发器2303用于接收和发送数据。
处理器2301可以是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，在处理器2301是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
该终端设备2300中的处理器2301读取所述存储器2302中存储的计算机程序，用于执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器2303接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合；
从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息；
通过所述收发器2303向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息；
通过所述收发器2303根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2301，还用于通过所述收发器2303接收来自所述网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2301，还用于根据第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2301，还用于通过所述收发器2303接收来自所述网络设备的所述第二信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2301，还用于通过所述收发器2303在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第一时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2301，还用于通过所述收发器2303在第二时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2301，还用于通过所述收发器2303接收来自所述网络设备的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2301，还用于通过所述收发器2303在第四时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
需要说明的是，各个操作的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图8所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
请参见图24，图24是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备2400，该网络设备2400包括处理器2401和收发器2403，可选的，还包括存储器2402，所述处理器2401、存储器2402和收发器2403通过总线2404相互连接。
存储器2402包括随机存储记忆体(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory，EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)，该存储器2402用于存储相关指令及数据。收发器2403用于接收和发送数据。
处理器2401可以是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，在处理器2401是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
该网络设备2400中的处理器2401读取所述存储器2402中存储的计算机程序，用于执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器2403向终端设备发送配置信息集合；
通过所述收发器2403接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述配置信息集合包括所述目标配置信息；
通过所述收发器2403根据所述目标配置信息，接收来自所述终端设备的上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2401，还用于通过所述收发器2403向所述终端设备发送下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述激活的配置信息用于所述终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2401，还用于通过所述收发器2403向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2401，还用于通过所述收发器2403在第二时频资源上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2401，还用于通过所述收发器2403向所述终端设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2401，还用于通过所述收发器2403在第四时频资源上接收来自终端设备的所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
需要说明的是，各个操作的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图8所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
请参见图25，图25是本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备2500，该终端设备2500包括处理器2501和收发器2503，可选的，还包括存储器2502，所述处理器2501、存储器2502和收发器2503通过总线2504相互连接。
存储器2502包括随机存储记忆体(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory，EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)，该存储器2502用于存储相关指令及数据。收发器2503用于接收和发送数据。
处理器2501可以是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，在处理器2501是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
该终端设备2500中的处理器2501读取所述存储器2502中存储的计算机程序，用于执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器2503接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个 配置信息；
通过所述收发器2503在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2501，还用于通过所述收发器2503接收来自网络设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二时刻。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2501，还用于通过所述收发器2503在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第二时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
需要说明的是，各个操作的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图13所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
请参见图26，图26是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备2600，该网络设备2600包括处理器2601和收发器2603，可选的，还包括存储器2602，所述处理器2601、存储器2602和收发器2603通过总线2604相互连接。
存储器2602包括随机存储记忆体(random access memory，RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read only memory，EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)，该存储器2602用于存储相关指令及数据。收发器2603用于接收和发送数据。
处理器2601可以是一个或多个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，在处理器2601是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
该网络设备2600中的处理器2601读取所述存储器2602中存储的计算机程序，用于执行以下操作：
通过所述收发器2603向终端设备发送配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
通过所述收发器2603接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2601，还用于通过所述收发器2603向所述终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达时向网络设备发送所述第三信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
在又一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器2601，还用于通过所述收发器2603接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集 合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
需要说明的是，各个操作的实现及有益效果还可以对应参照图13所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统，所述芯片系统包括至少一个处理器，存储器和接口电路，所述存储器、所述收发器和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联，所述至少一个存储器中存储有指令；所述指令被所述处理器执行时，图8或图13所示的方法流程得以实现。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在终端设备或网络设备上运行时，图8或图13所示的方法流程得以实现。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在终端设备或网络设备上运行时，图8或图13所示的方法流程得以实现。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程，该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成，该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括：ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。

Claims (53)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合；
    从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息；
    向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息；
    根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；
    所述从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息，包括：
    从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息，包括：
    根据第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述网络设备的所述第二信息。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述网络设备发送第一信息包括：
    若所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第一时刻之前，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述网络设备发送第一信息，包括：
    在第二时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标 配置信息有关系。
  9. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述网络设备的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
  10. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述向所述网络设备发送第一信息，包括：
    在第四时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
  11. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    向终端设备发送配置信息集合；
    接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述配置信息集合包括所述目标配置信息；
    根据所述目标配置信息，接收来自所述终端设备的上行数据。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述终端设备发送下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述激活的配置信息用于所述终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  16. 根据权利要求11-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，包括：
    在第二时频资源上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
  17. 根据权利要求11-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述终端设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
  18. 根据权利要求11-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，包括：
    在第四时频资源上接收来自终端设备的所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
  19. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
    若第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达，向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自网络设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二时刻。
  22. 根据权利要求19-21任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    若所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第二时刻之前，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
  23. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    向终端设备发送配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
    接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    向所述终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达时向网络设备发送所述第三信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
  27. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：
    通信单元，用于接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合；
    处理单元，用于从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息；
    所述通信单元，还用于向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息；
    所述通信单元，还用于根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送上行数据。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内根据所述目标配置信息向所述网络设备发送所述上行数据。
  29. 根据权利要求27或28所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；
    所述处理单元，还用于从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
  30. 根据权利要求27-29任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于根据第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的设备，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的所述第二信息。
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项。
  33. 根据权利要求27-32任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第一时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  34. 根据权利要求27-33任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于在第二时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
  35. 根据权利要求27-33任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
  36. 根据权利要求27-33任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于在第四时频资源上向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
  37. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于通过通信单元向终端设备发送配置信息集合；
    所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述配置信息集合包括所述目标配置信息；
    所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元根据所述目标配置信息，接收来自所述终端设备的上行数据。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述第一信息包括第一时间，所述第一信息用于指示在所述第一时间内接收所述上行数据。
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送下行链路控制信息DCI，所述DCI用于激活所述配置信息集合中的配置信息；所述激活的配置信息用于所述终端设备从所述激活的配置信息中选择目标配置信息。
  40. 根据权利要求38-39任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于所述终端设备根据所述第二信息从所述配置信息集合中选择目标配置信息。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的设备，其特征在于，所述第二信息包括信道的状态信息、 所述上行数据的可靠性、所述上行数据的大小信息、所述上行数据的到达时间和第一时刻中的一项或者多项，所述第一时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  42. 根据权利要求37-41任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于在第二时频资源上接收来自终端设备的第一信息，所述第二时频资源与所述目标配置信息有关系。
  43. 根据权利要求37-41任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示第三时频资源，所述第三时频资源用于所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一信息。
  44. 根据权利要求37-41任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于在第四时频资源上接收来自终端设备的所述第一信息，所述第四时频资源为预分配用于所述终端设备发送上行链路控制信息UCI的时频资源。
  45. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，用于通过通信单元接收来自网络设备的配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
    所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
  47. 根据权利要求45或46所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述第二时刻。
  48. 根据权利要求45-47任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于在所述上行数据到达的时刻在所述第二时刻之前的情况下，向所述网络设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
  49. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理单元，通过通信单元向终端设备发送配置信息集合，所述配置信息集合包括多个配置信息；
    所述处理单元，还用于通过所述通信单元接收来自所述终端设备的第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示所述终端设备未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述第三信息包括第一时间，所述第三信息指示在所述第一时间内未使用所述配置信息集合中的配置信息。
  51. 根据权利要求49或50所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备在第二时刻之前未有上行数据到达时向所述设备发送所述第三信息，所述第二时刻为所述配置信息集合中的一个配置信息之前的一个时间点。
  52. 根据权利要求49-51任一项所述的设备，其特征在于，
    所述通信单元，还用于接收来自所述终端设备的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示目标配置信息、和/或所述配置信息集合中除所述目标配置信息之外的配置信息，所述目标配置信息为所述配置集合中的一个配置信息。
  53. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序，当所述计算机程序在处理器上运行时，实现权利要求1-26任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2020/112613 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 一种通信方法及相关设备 WO2022041224A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/112613 WO2022041224A1 (zh) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 一种通信方法及相关设备
EP20950893.6A EP4207856A4 (en) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE
CN202080103624.XA CN115997403A (zh) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 一种通信方法及相关设备
US18/175,118 US20230239898A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2023-02-27 Communication method and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/112613 WO2022041224A1 (zh) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 一种通信方法及相关设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/175,118 Continuation US20230239898A1 (en) 2020-08-31 2023-02-27 Communication method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022041224A1 true WO2022041224A1 (zh) 2022-03-03

Family

ID=80354341

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/112613 WO2022041224A1 (zh) 2020-08-31 2020-08-31 一种通信方法及相关设备

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230239898A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4207856A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN115997403A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022041224A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024164293A1 (zh) * 2023-02-10 2024-08-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 信道资源的指示方法、装置、设备、介质和程序产品

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014019191A1 (zh) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 华为技术有限公司 配置参考信号的方法、基站和用户设备
CN108024268A (zh) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种传输配置方法、传输配置确定方法、基站和终端
CN110972300A (zh) * 2018-09-30 2020-04-07 华为技术有限公司 传输数据的方法及装置

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11546929B2 (en) * 2017-01-09 2023-01-03 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for signaling for semi-static configuration in grant-free uplink transmissions
CN110266464B (zh) * 2017-07-17 2020-07-14 华为技术有限公司 数据传输方法、网络设备和终端设备
EP3664505A4 (en) * 2017-08-11 2020-08-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE AND RELATED DEVICE
CN111181693B (zh) * 2018-11-09 2021-08-31 华为技术有限公司 发送数据的方法、发送数据的装置、以及终端设备
CN111431682B (zh) * 2019-01-10 2022-02-08 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、通信装置及存储介质
US20200275413A1 (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method and system for determining configuration profiles for grant free communications

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014019191A1 (zh) * 2012-08-02 2014-02-06 华为技术有限公司 配置参考信号的方法、基站和用户设备
US20150146542A1 (en) * 2012-08-02 2015-05-28 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method for configuring reference signal, base station and user equipment
CN108024268A (zh) * 2016-11-03 2018-05-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种传输配置方法、传输配置确定方法、基站和终端
CN110972300A (zh) * 2018-09-30 2020-04-07 华为技术有限公司 传输数据的方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Discussion on remaining MAC open issues for 5G V2X with NR SL", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2005492, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. electronic; 20200601 - 20200612, 22 May 2020 (2020-05-22), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051888819 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024164293A1 (zh) * 2023-02-10 2024-08-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 信道资源的指示方法、装置、设备、介质和程序产品

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115997403A (zh) 2023-04-21
US20230239898A1 (en) 2023-07-27
EP4207856A1 (en) 2023-07-05
EP4207856A4 (en) 2023-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021027940A1 (zh) 一种用于指示信号传输的方法及装置
US20200403731A1 (en) Method and device for sidelink data duplication
JP2022552296A (ja) 複数のｐｄｓｃｈ送信機会における開始シンボルをシグナリングするためのシステム及び方法
WO2019062461A1 (en) METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
WO2018228579A1 (zh) 确定传输块大小的方法及装置
CN117377088A (zh) 一种资源指示方法及装置
JP2023526735A (ja) Ｔｃｉ状態のアクティブ化及びコードポイントからｔｃｉ状態へのマッピングのためのシステム及び方法
WO2019029463A1 (zh) 一种接收控制信息、发送控制信息的方法及设备
JP7546003B2 (ja) 解放されたリソースを利用する通信装置および通信方法
WO2023280051A1 (zh) 通信方法及相关设备
WO2021072662A1 (zh) 一种混合自动重传请求反馈方法及装置
WO2019047193A1 (zh) 信号传输方法、相关装置及系统
WO2021136146A1 (zh) 传输方法及设备
JP2022517311A (ja) Ｕｅ支援情報を送信することに関するユーザ装置
WO2022041224A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及相关设备
WO2020061859A1 (zh) 资源的调度方法、设备和存储介质
WO2022011699A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及侧行设备
WO2021203442A1 (zh) 一种功率控制方法及装置
JP2023514078A (ja) パケット遅延バジェットが制限されるシナリオにおいてモード２のリソースを（再）選択する通信装置および通信方法
WO2018058584A1 (zh) 发送或接收信道状态信息的方法和设备
WO2020143514A1 (zh) 一种功率控制的方法以及功率控制的装置
CN113676956A (zh) 一种缓存确定方法及装置
CN109756935B (zh) 一种调整工作带宽的方法和装置
WO2022268129A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2021025693A1 (en) Methods and apparatuses for data demodulation reference signal (dmrs)-only transmission on configured grant resources

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20950893

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202317016740

Country of ref document: IN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020950893

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230328